WO2017078052A1 - First protective film forming sheet - Google Patents
First protective film forming sheet Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017078052A1 WO2017078052A1 PCT/JP2016/082543 JP2016082543W WO2017078052A1 WO 2017078052 A1 WO2017078052 A1 WO 2017078052A1 JP 2016082543 W JP2016082543 W JP 2016082543W WO 2017078052 A1 WO2017078052 A1 WO 2017078052A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- meth
- resin layer
- acrylate
- group
- sensitive adhesive
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/31—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
- H01L23/3107—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed
- H01L23/3121—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed a substrate forming part of the encapsulation
- H01L23/3128—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed a substrate forming part of the encapsulation the substrate having spherical bumps for external connection
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
- H01L21/50—Assembly of semiconductor devices using processes or apparatus not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326, e.g. sealing of a cap to a base of a container
- H01L21/56—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulation layers, coatings
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/29—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the material, e.g. carbon
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/29—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the material, e.g. carbon
- H01L23/293—Organic, e.g. plastic
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
- H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
- H01L23/31—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
- H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/10—Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
- H01L2224/11—Manufacturing methods
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a first protective film forming sheet.
- This application claims priority on November 4, 2015 based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-217110 for which it applied to Japan, and uses the content for it here.
- a projecting electrode made of eutectic solder, high-temperature solder, gold or the like is formed as a semiconductor chip on its connection pad portion.
- the flip chip mounting method has been employed in which the bumps are brought into contact with the corresponding terminal portions on the chip mounting substrate in a so-called face-down manner, and are melted / diffusion bonded. .
- the semiconductor chip used in this mounting method can be obtained, for example, by grinding or dicing the surface opposite to the circuit surface of a semiconductor wafer having bumps formed on the circuit surface.
- a curable resin film is applied to the bump forming surface, and this film is cured to form a first on the bump forming surface.
- a protective film is formed.
- thermosetting resin film those containing a thermosetting component that is cured by heating are widely used, and as a first protective film forming sheet equipped with such a thermosetting resin film, A thermoplastic resin layer having a specific thermoelastic modulus is laminated on the film, and a non-plastic thermoplastic resin layer at 25 ° C. is laminated on the uppermost layer of the thermoplastic resin layer.
- this 1st protective film formation sheet is excellent in the bump filling property of a 1st protective film, wafer processability, the electrical connection reliability after resin sealing, etc.
- the conventional sheet for forming a first protective film provided with a curable resin film is intended to protect the circuit surface on which the bump is formed, the adhesion to the circuit surface is higher than the bump itself. ing. For this reason, it is impossible to prevent cracks in the vicinity of the circuit surface of the bump, that is, the base of the bump in the reflow process or the like. Furthermore, when the first protective film forming sheet provided with the conventional curable resin film is used to try to form the first protective film on the bump forming surface, a lot of poor exposure of the bump tops may be observed. is there.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and when the circuit surface of a semiconductor wafer is protected, formation of a first protective film having excellent bump top exposure characteristics while suppressing cracks generated at the base of the bump.
- the purpose is to provide a sheet for use.
- the present invention is a first protective film forming sheet in which a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a first substrate, and a curable resin layer is laminated on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer,
- the curable resin layer is a layer for forming a first protective film on the surface by sticking to the surface of the semiconductor wafer having bumps and curing.
- the curable resin layer is laminated on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the delamination force (1) between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the curable resin layer after the curing treatment is a mirror surface of the lead-free solder SAC305.
- the delamination force is greater than the delamination force (2) between the mirror-polished surface of the lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer after laminating the curable resin layer on the polished surface and the curing treatment.
- (1) is a sheet for forming a first protective film, wherein 2.0 to 100 N / 25 mm.
- the first protective film-forming sheet of the present invention is excellent in the exposure characteristics of the bump top while suppressing the cracks generated at the base of the bump when protecting the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer.
- FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the first protective film-forming sheet of the present invention.
- the first protective film-forming sheet of the present invention has a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 laminated on a first base material 11, and a curable resin layer on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13.
- 1 is a sheet for forming a first protective film, in which a curable resin layer 12 is affixed to a surface of a semiconductor wafer having bumps, and is cured to provide a first protection on the surface and the base of the bumps. It is a layer for forming a film.
- the semiconductor wafer is referred to as a first protective film, a first protective film-forming sheet, or the like because it is intended to protect the surface on the side having bumps and the base of the bumps.
- the sheet up to the point where the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is laminated on the first base material 11 is referred to as a first support sheet 101 or the like.
- the first substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers.
- the constituent materials and thicknesses of the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- a plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other” means “all layers may be the same or all layers. May be different, and only some of the layers may be the same ”, and“ a plurality of layers are different from each other ”means that“ at least one of the constituent material and thickness of each layer is different from each other ” "Means.
- FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the first protective film-forming sheet of the present invention.
- the same components as those shown in FIG. 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 1, and detailed description thereof is omitted.
- As a preferable first base material and first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer for example, as shown in FIG. 1, a structure in which a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is laminated on a first base material 11, as shown in FIG.
- the first intermediate layer 14 is laminated on the first base material 11, and the first adhesive layer 13 is laminated on the first intermediate layer 14.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the semiconductor wafer 90 having the bumps 91.
- a plurality of bumps 91 are provided on the circuit surface 90 a of the semiconductor wafer 90 shown here.
- the bump 91 has, for example, a shape in which a part of a sphere is cut out by a flat surface, and a flat surface corresponding to the cut and exposed portion is in contact with the circuit surface 90 a of the semiconductor wafer 90.
- the shape of the bump is not limited to the shape shown in the figure, but the effect of the present invention (exposure characteristics of the bump top) is particularly effective in a spherical bump whose projection surface includes an ellipse.
- FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a state in which the first protective film forming sheet 1 of the present invention is attached to the surface of the semiconductor wafer 90 having the bumps 91.
- the curable resin layer 12 is cured by UV irradiation to form the first protective film 12 ′.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 may also be cured to become the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 ′.
- a sheet up to the point where the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 is laminated on the first base material 11 is referred to as a first support sheet 101.
- the sheet up to the point where the first protective film 12 ′ is laminated on the first base material 11 after the UV curing is referred to as a first support sheet 102.
- the thickness of the curable resin layer 12 is set to be thinner than the height of the bump 91 and setting the total thickness of the curable resin layer 12 and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 to be thicker than the height of the bump 91,
- the entire bump 91 is covered with the curable resin layer 12 and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13, but the curable resin layer 12 is left crushed together with the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 at the top 911 of the bump 91.
- FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example in which the first support sheet 102 is peeled from the first protective film 12 ′.
- FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a semiconductor wafer 90 provided with a first protective film 12 ′ formed using the first protective film forming sheet 1 of the present invention.
- the delamination force (1) between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 and the first protective film 12 ′ is smaller than the delamination force (2) between the bump surface and the first protective film 12 ′, the top of the bump The first protective film 12 ′ remains, resulting in poor exposure of the bump tops. Moreover, even if the delamination force (1) is greater than the delamination force (2), or if the delamination force (1) is too small, it leads to poor exposure of the bump tops, and the first support sheet 101 is improved. In order to make it peel, the said delamination force (1) needs to be a moderate magnitude
- the delamination force (3) between the circuit surface and the first protective film 12 ' is sufficiently larger than the delamination force (1) and the delamination force (2).
- the curable resin layer 12 is laminated on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13, and the interlayer between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 13 and the first protective film 12 ′ after the curing treatment.
- Peeling force (1) is such that the curable resin layer 12 is laminated on the mirror-polished surface of the lead-free solder SAC 305, and the delamination between the mirror-polished surface of the lead-free solder SAC 305 and the first protective film 12 ′ is performed after the curing process.
- the delamination force (1) is larger than the force (2) and the delamination force (1) is 2.0 to 100 N / 25 mm, the first support sheet 101 can be favorably peeled off, Thus, the top portion 911 of the bump 91 can be satisfactorily exposed without leaving the first protective film 12 ′.
- the laminating conditions for evaluating the delamination forces (1) and (2) need only be sufficient to affix each, and the first protective film forming sheet is affixed to the surface of the semiconductor wafer having bumps and cured.
- the conditions for the curing treatment in evaluating the delamination forces (1) and (2) may be any conditions as long as the curable resin layer is sufficiently cured, and the first protective film forming sheet has bumps of the semiconductor wafer. By sticking on the surface and curing, the conditions for forming the first protective film on the surface can be referred to.
- thermosetting resin layer for example, after heating for 2 hours at a set temperature of 130 ° C. while applying a pressure of 0.5 MPa, the thermosetting resin layer (thermosetting resin film) is softened
- the first protective film can be formed by curing.
- the first protective film can be formed by curing by UV irradiation at an illuminance of 230 mW / cm 2 and a light amount of 760 mJ / cm 2 .
- the difference in the peeling force is preferably 0.1 to 100 N / 25 mm. 0.5 to 50 N / 25 mm is more preferable, 1.0 to 20 N / 25 mm is further preferable, and 2.0 to 10 N / 25 mm is particularly preferable.
- the curable resin layer has an illuminance of 230 mW / cm 2 and an amount of light of 380 mJ / cm 2 (that is, the total amount of light from both sides is 760 mJ / cm 2 ).
- the tensile strength after irradiation is preferably 0.0001 to 50 MPa, more preferably 0.001 to 10 MPa, further preferably 0.01 to 5 MPa, and further preferably 0.1 to 1 MPa. Is particularly preferred.
- the curable resin layer has an illuminance of 230 mW / cm 2 and an amount of light of 380 mJ / cm 2 (that is, the total amount of light from both sides is 760 mJ / cm 2 ).
- the tensile elongation after irradiation is preferably from 0.01 to 800%, more preferably from 0.05 to 100%, and particularly preferably from 0.1 to 10%.
- the heat-curing of the first protective film-forming sheet provided with the conventional thermosetting resin film usually requires a long time (for example, 160 ° C., 1 h to 130 ° C., 2 h), it is desired to shorten the curing time. ing. If the first protective film-forming sheet provided with the conventional thermosetting resin film can be used instead of the first protective film-forming sheet provided with the UV-curable resin film, the heating time can be shortened. .
- the said 1st base material is a sheet form or a film form
- various resin is mentioned, for example.
- the resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin.
- Polyolefins such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, ethylene-norbornene copolymer (ethylene as a monomer)
- a copolymer obtained by using a vinyl chloride resin such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymer (a resin obtained by using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene Naphtha Polyesters such as polyesters, polybutylene terephthalates, polyethylene isophthalates, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylates, wholly aromatic polyesters in which all the structural units have an aromatic cyclic group; Poly (meth) acrylic acid ester; Polyurethane; Polyurethane acrylate; Polyimide; Polyamide; Polycarbonate; Fluororesin
- the polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
- the resin include a crosslinked resin in which one or more of the resins exemplified so far are crosslinked; modification of an ionomer or the like using one or more of the resins exemplified so far. Resins can also be mentioned.
- (meth) acrylic acid is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”.
- (meth) acrylate is a concept including both “acrylate” and “methacrylate”
- (meth) acryloyl group Is a concept including both an “acryloyl group” and a “methacryloyl group”.
- the resin constituting the first base material may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the first substrate may be only one layer (single layer), or may be two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other, and a combination of these layers Is not particularly limited.
- the thickness of the first base material is preferably 5 to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 to 500 ⁇ m, further preferably 15 to 300 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 20 to 150 ⁇ m.
- the “thickness of the first base material” means the thickness of the entire first base material.
- the thickness of the first base material composed of a plurality of layers means all of the first base material. Means the total thickness of the layers.
- the first substrate is preferably one having high thickness accuracy, that is, one in which variation in thickness is suppressed regardless of the part.
- materials that can be used to construct the first base material having such a high thickness precision include, for example, polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer. Examples include coalescence.
- the first base material contains various known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent materials such as the resin. You may do it.
- the first substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
- the 1st adhesive layer or curable resin layer mentioned later has energy-beam sclerosis
- the first substrate can be manufactured by a known method.
- the 1st base material containing resin can be manufactured by shape
- the said 1st adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and contains an adhesive.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive include an acrylic resin (a pressure-sensitive adhesive made of a resin having a (meth) acryloyl group), a urethane resin (a pressure-sensitive adhesive made of a resin having a urethane bond), and a rubber resin (a resin having a rubber structure). ), Silicone resins (adhesives composed of resins having a siloxane bond), epoxy resins (adhesives composed of resins having an epoxy group), polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, and other adhesive resins. Based resins are preferred.
- the “adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin.
- the resin itself has an adhesive property
- resins that exhibit tackiness when used in combination with other components such as additives, and resins that exhibit adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be only one layer (single layer), or may be two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination is not particularly limited.
- the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 500 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 10 to 100 ⁇ m.
- the “thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the entire first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
- the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the total thickness of all the layers that make up.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
- “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays and electron beams. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, or a xenon lamp as an ultraviolet ray source.
- the electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
- energy ray curable means the property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays
- non-energy ray curable means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy rays.
- a 1st adhesive layer can be formed using the 1st adhesive composition containing an adhesive.
- a 1st adhesive layer can be formed in the target site
- a more specific method for forming the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers.
- the content ratio of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
- “normal temperature” means a temperature that is not particularly cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, Examples include a method using various coaters such as a screen coater, a Meyer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
- the drying conditions of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are not particularly limited, but when the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a solvent described later, it is preferably heat-dried. In this case, for example, 70 to 130 ° C. It is preferable to dry under conditions of 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive is, for example, non-energy First pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a linear curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “adhesive resin (I-1a)”) and an energy ray-curable compound (I-1): energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter referred to as “adhesiveness”)
- a first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) which may be abbreviated as “resin (I-2a)”; the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable low molecular weight compound; Examples thereof include the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3).
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
- the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
- the acrylic resin the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
- the acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred. More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-
- the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms.
- the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
- the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
- the functional group-containing monomer for example, the functional group reacts with a crosslinking agent to be described later to become a starting point of crosslinking, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound, The thing which enables introduction
- Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group. That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
- hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
- Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
- monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid
- fumaric acid, itaconic acid maleic acid, citracone
- Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dica
- the functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
- the functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 3 to 32% by mass with respect to the total amount of the structural unit. It is particularly preferably 5 to 30% by mass.
- the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
- the other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
- Examples of the other monomer include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
- the other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- the acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
- the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray-polymerizable group). It can be used as the resin (I-2a).
- energy beam polymerizability means a property of polymerizing by irradiation with energy rays.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are as follows: Can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) is 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
- Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
- examples of the monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and 1,4.
- Polybutyl (meth) acrylates such as butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy ( And (meth) acrylate.
- examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
- the energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer in that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is difficult to be lowered.
- the energy ray-curable compound contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
- the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 1 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It is preferably 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably 10 to 85% by mass.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
- the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
- a crosslinking agent for example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether ( Cross-linking agent having a glycidyl group); Aziridine-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent having an aziridinyl group) such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine; Metal chelate-based cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate (metal) Cross-linking agent having a chelate structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent (
- the cross-linking agent contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the crosslinking agent is 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a).
- the amount is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 1 to 9 parts by weight.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
- photopolymerization initiator examples include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy Acetophenone compounds such as -2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfidation of benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, etc.
- benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethy
- ⁇ -ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; , Dibenzyl, benzophenone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 1,2-diphenylmethane, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone, 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
- a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone
- a photosensitizer such as amine
- the photopolymerization initiator contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound.
- the amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
- the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, and tackifiers.
- known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).
- the reaction retarding agent means, for example, the purpose of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage due to the action of the catalyst mixed in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- reaction retarder examples include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (—C ( ⁇ O) —) in one molecule. Can be mentioned.
- the other additive contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
- the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
- organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane and n-hexane and the like.
- ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and
- the solvent for example, the one used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used as it is in the first adhesive composition (I-1) without being removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a).
- the same or different type of solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately during the production of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the solvent contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). Containing a functional resin (I-2a).
- the adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
- the unsaturated group-containing compound is a group capable of binding to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group. It is a compound which has this.
- the energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (ethenyl group), allyl group (2-propenyl group) and the like, and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
- Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
- Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are as follows: Can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) is 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2). It is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
- the first adhesive composition may further contain a crosslinking agent.
- Examples of the crosslinking agent in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same cross-linking agents as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the cross-linking agent contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the crosslinking agent is 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a).
- the amount is preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
- Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the photopolymerization initiator contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). Is preferable, 0.03 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
- Examples of the other additive in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the other additive contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- Examples of the solvent in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the solvent contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable low molecular weight compound.
- the content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) is 5 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3). It is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
- Examples of the energy ray-curable low molecular weight compound contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers that have an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation with energy rays. And the same energy ray-curable compound contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the energy ray-curable low molecular weight compound contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, two or more types, and when two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are as follows: Can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the energy ray-curable low molecular weight compound is 0.01 to 300 with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a).
- the amount is preferably part by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
- Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiators as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the photopolymerization initiator contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is based on 100 parts by mass of the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray-curable low molecular weight compound.
- the amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
- the other additives include the same additives as the other additives in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the other additive contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- Examples of the solvent in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). Only 1 type may be sufficient as the solvent which 1st adhesive composition (I-3) contains, and when it is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
- first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) has been mainly described.
- first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-) It is also possible to use the same in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than 3).
- Examples of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions. Also mentioned.
- Non-energy ray curable adhesive compositions include, for example, acrylic resins (resins having (meth) acryloyl groups), urethane resins (resins having urethane bonds), rubber resins (resins having a rubber structure).
- Silicone resins (resins having a siloxane bond), epoxy resins (resins having an epoxy group), polyvinyl ethers, or resins containing an adhesive resin such as polycarbonate, and those containing acrylic resins are preferred. .
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contains one or more crosslinking agents, and the content thereof is as described above. This can be the same as in the case of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) and the like.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition such as the first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) includes the first pressure-sensitive adhesive, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive as necessary. It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition. The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously. When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
- the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
- the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
- middle layer is a sheet form or a film form
- the constituent material should just be suitably selected according to the objective, and is not specifically limited.
- the first protective film covering the semiconductor surface reflects the shape of the bumps existing on the semiconductor surface and is intended to prevent the first protective film from being deformed
- the first intermediate layer examples include urethane (meth) acrylate and the like from the viewpoint that the adhesiveness of the first intermediate layer is further improved.
- the first intermediate layer may be only one layer (single layer), or may be two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other, and a combination of these layers. Is not particularly limited.
- the thickness of the first intermediate layer can be adjusted as appropriate according to the height of the bump on the surface of the semiconductor to be protected.
- the thickness of the first intermediate layer is 50 to 600 ⁇ m because the influence of the relatively high bump can be easily absorbed. It is preferably 70 to 500 ⁇ m, more preferably 80 to 400 ⁇ m.
- the “thickness of the first intermediate layer” means the thickness of the entire first intermediate layer.
- the thickness of the first intermediate layer composed of a plurality of layers means all of the first intermediate layer. Means the total thickness of the layers.
- middle layer can be formed using the composition for 1st intermediate
- the first intermediate layer-forming composition is applied to the surface of the first intermediate layer and dried as necessary, or cured by irradiation with energy rays, so that the first intermediate layer is formed on the target site. Layers can be formed. A more specific method for forming the first intermediate layer will be described in detail later along with methods for forming other layers.
- the ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the first intermediate layer forming composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the first intermediate layer.
- “normal temperature” is as described above.
- the first intermediate layer forming composition may be applied by a known method, for example, air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife.
- a method using various coaters such as a coater, a screen coater, a Meyer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
- the drying conditions for the first intermediate layer forming composition are not particularly limited, but when the first intermediate layer forming composition contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferably heat-dried. Drying is preferably performed at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
- the composition for forming the first intermediate layer has energy ray curability, it is preferably cured by irradiation with energy rays after drying.
- Examples of the first intermediate layer forming composition include a first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) containing urethane (meth) acrylate.
- the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) contains urethane (meth) acrylate.
- Urethane (meth) acrylate is a compound having at least a (meth) acryloyl group and a urethane bond in one molecule, and has energy ray polymerizability.
- the urethane (meth) acrylate may be monofunctional (having only one (meth) acryloyl group in one molecule) or bifunctional or more ((meth) acryloyl group in one molecule). Having two or more), that is, polyfunctional, it is preferable to use at least monofunctional.
- Examples of the urethane (meth) acrylate contained in the first intermediate layer forming composition include, for example, a terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting a polyol compound and a polyvalent isocyanate compound, a hydroxyl group and What was obtained by making the (meth) acrylic-type compound which has a (meth) acryloyl group react is mentioned.
- the “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the end of the molecule.
- the urethane (meth) acrylate contained in the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
- the polyol compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule.
- the said polyol compound may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- polyol compound examples include alkylene diol, polyether type polyol, polyester type polyol, and polycarbonate type polyol.
- the polyol compound may be any of a bifunctional diol, a trifunctional triol, a tetrafunctional or higher polyol, etc., but a diol is preferable in terms of easy availability and excellent versatility and reactivity. .
- the polyether type polyol is not particularly limited, but is preferably a polyether type diol, and examples of the polyether type diol include compounds represented by the following general formula (1). It is done.
- n is an integer of 2 or more; R is a divalent hydrocarbon group, and a plurality of R may be the same or different from each other.
- n represents the number of repeating units of the group represented by the general formula “—RO—”, and is not particularly limited as long as it is an integer of 2 or more. Among these, n is preferably 10 to 250, more preferably 25 to 205, and particularly preferably 40 to 185.
- R is not particularly limited as long as it is a divalent hydrocarbon group, but is preferably an alkylene group, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an ethylene group, a propylene group, or a tetra group.
- a methylene group is more preferable, and a propylene group or a tetramethylene group is particularly preferable.
- the compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol or polytetramethylene glycol, and more preferably polypropylene glycol or polytetramethylene glycol.
- the terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer having an ether bond represented by the following general formula (1a) is obtained.
- the urethane (meth) acrylate has the ether bond part, that is, the structural unit derived from the polyether type diol. .
- polyester type polyol is not specifically limited, For example, what was obtained by performing esterification reaction using a polybasic acid or its derivative (s), etc. are mentioned.
- derivative means a compound in which one or more groups of the original compound are substituted with other groups (substituents) unless otherwise specified.
- group includes not only an atomic group formed by bonding a plurality of atoms but also one atom.
- polybasic acid and its derivative As said polybasic acid and its derivative (s), the polybasic acid normally used as a manufacturing raw material of polyester and its derivative (s) are mentioned.
- the polybasic acid include saturated aliphatic polybasic acids, unsaturated aliphatic polybasic acids, aromatic polybasic acids, and the like, and dimer acids corresponding to any of these may be used.
- saturated aliphatic polybasic acid examples include saturated aliphatic dibasic acids such as oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, and sebacic acid.
- unsaturated aliphatic polybasic acid examples include unsaturated aliphatic dibasic acids such as maleic acid and fumaric acid.
- aromatic polybasic acid examples include aromatic dibasic acids such as phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid; aromatic tribasic acids such as trimellitic acid; pyromellitic acid and the like And aromatic tetrabasic acids.
- Examples of the derivative of the polybasic acid include the above-mentioned saturated aliphatic polybasic acid, unsaturated aliphatic polybasic acid and acid anhydride of aromatic polybasic acid, and hydrogenated dimer acid.
- any of the polybasic acids or derivatives thereof may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more are used in combination, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the polybasic acid is preferably an aromatic polybasic acid in that it is suitable for forming a coating film having an appropriate hardness.
- a known catalyst may be used as necessary.
- the catalyst include tin compounds such as dibutyltin oxide and stannous octylate; alkoxy titanium such as tetrabutyl titanate and tetrapropyl titanate.
- the polycarbonate type polyol is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those obtained by reacting the same glycol as the compound represented by the formula (1) with an alkylene carbonate.
- each of glycol and alkylene carbonate may be used alone or in combination of two or more, and when two or more are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected. .
- the number average molecular weight calculated from the hydroxyl value of the polyol compound is preferably 1000 to 10,000, more preferably 2000 to 9000, and particularly preferably 3000 to 7000.
- the number average molecular weight calculated from the hydroxyl value of the polyol compound is a value calculated from the following formula.
- the polyol compound is preferably a polyether type polyol, and more preferably a polyether type diol.
- the polyvalent isocyanate compound to be reacted with the polyol compound is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more isocyanate groups.
- a polyvalent isocyanate compound may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- polyvalent isocyanate compound examples include chain aliphatic diisocyanates such as tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, and trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate, norbornane diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4′-diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-2.
- chain aliphatic diisocyanates such as tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, and trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate
- isophorone diisocyanate norbornane diisocyanate
- dicyclohexylmethane-4,4′-diisocyanate dicyclohexylmethane-2.
- Cycloaliphatic diisocyanates such as 4,4′-diisocyanate, ⁇ , ⁇ ′-diisocyanate dimethylcyclohexane, 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, tolidine diisocyanate, tetramethylene xylylene diisocyanate, naphthalene-1, And aromatic diisocyanates such as 5-diisocyanate.
- the polyvalent isocyanate compound is preferably isophorone diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate or xylylene diisocyanate from the viewpoint of handleability.
- the (meth) acrylic compound to be reacted with the terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having at least a hydroxyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group in one molecule.
- the said (meth) acrylic-type compound may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic compound include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and 2-hydroxy (meth) acrylate. Butyl, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxycyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 5-hydroxycyclooctyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acrylic acid 2- Hydroxyl-3-phenyloxypropyl, hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate; N-methylol (meth) acrylamid Hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylamide and the like; vinyl alcohol, vinyl phenol or bisphenol A diglycidyl ether (
- the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, and (meth) acrylic acid 2- Particularly preferred is hydroxyethyl.
- the reaction between the terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer and the (meth) acrylic compound may be performed using a solvent, a catalyst, or the like, if necessary.
- Conditions for reacting the terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer with the (meth) acrylic compound may be appropriately adjusted.
- the reaction temperature is preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
- the reaction time is 1 to It is preferably 4 hours.
- the urethane (meth) acrylate may be an oligomer, a polymer, or a mixture of an oligomer and a polymer, but is preferably an oligomer.
- the urethane (meth) acrylate has a weight average molecular weight of preferably from 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 3000 to 80,000, and particularly preferably from 5,000 to 65,000. Due to the intermolecular force between the structures derived from urethane (meth) acrylate in the polymer of urethane (meth) acrylate and a polymerizable monomer described later, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more. Optimization of layer hardness is facilitated.
- the weight average molecular weight is a polystyrene conversion value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
- the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain a polymerizable monomer in addition to the urethane (meth) acrylate, from the viewpoint of further improving the film forming property.
- the polymerizable monomer is a compound having energy ray polymerizability and excluding oligomers and polymers having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more and having at least one (meth) acryloyl group in one molecule. It is preferable.
- Examples of the polymerizable monomer include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester is a chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms; a hydroxyl group, an amide group, an amino group, an epoxy group, or the like (Meth) acrylic compound having a functional group of (meth) acrylic ester having an aliphatic cyclic group; (meth) acrylic ester having an aromatic hydrocarbon group; having a heterocyclic group ( (Meth) acrylic acid ester; compound having vinyl group; compound having allyl group.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having a chain alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, ( Isopropyl methacrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid Isononyl, decy
- Examples of the functional group-containing (meth) acrylic acid derivative include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic acid.
- Hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters such as 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, (Meth) acrylamides such as N-butyl (meth) acrylamide, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N-methylolpropane (meth) acrylamide, N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-butoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, and the like
- a derivative having an amino group ( A) Acrylic acid ester hereinafter sometimes referred to as “amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid
- amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester means a compound in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms of (meth) acrylic acid ester are substituted with an amino group (—NH 2 ).
- monosubstituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester means a compound in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms of (meth) acrylic acid ester are substituted with a monosubstituted amino group
- disubstituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester means a compound in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms of (meth) acrylic acid ester are substituted with a disubstituted amino group.
- the group other than the hydrogen atom in which the hydrogen atom is substituted in the “monosubstituted amino group” and the “disubstituted amino group” include an alkyl group.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having an aliphatic cyclic group include, for example, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic acid. Examples include dicyclopentenyloxyethyl, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having an aromatic hydrocarbon group include phenylhydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and the like. Can be mentioned.
- the heterocyclic group in the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a heterocyclic group may be either an aromatic heterocyclic group or an aliphatic heterocyclic group.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a heterocyclic group include tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate and (meth) acryloylmorpholine.
- Examples of the compound having a vinyl group include styrene, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, N-vinylformamide, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, N-vinyl caprolactam and the like.
- Examples of the compound having an allyl group include allyl glycidyl ether.
- the polymerizable monomer preferably has a relatively bulky group from the viewpoint of good compatibility with the urethane (meth) acrylate, and such a monomer has an aliphatic cyclic group (meta ) Acrylic acid ester, (meth) acrylic acid ester having an aromatic hydrocarbon group, (meth) acrylic acid ester having a heterocyclic group, and (meth) acrylic acid ester having an aliphatic cyclic group are more preferable. preferable.
- the polymerizable monomer contained in the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrarily selected. it can.
- the content of the polymerizable monomer is 10 to 99% by mass with respect to the total mass of the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1). It is preferably 15 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 25 to 80% by mass.
- the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain a photopolymerization initiator in addition to the urethane (meth) acrylate and the polymerizable monomer.
- the first intermediate layer-forming composition (II-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
- Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the photopolymerization initiator contained in the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to 20 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the urethane (meth) acrylate and the polymerizable monomer.
- the amount is preferably part by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
- the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain a resin component other than the urethane (meth) acrylate as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- the kind of the resin component and the content in the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and are not particularly limited.
- the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
- the other additives include known crosslinking agents, antistatic agents, antioxidants, chain transfer agents, softeners (plasticizers), fillers, rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), and the like.
- An additive is mentioned.
- the chain transfer agent includes a thiol compound having at least one thiol group (mercapto group) in one molecule.
- thiol compound examples include nonyl mercaptan, 1-dodecanethiol, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1,3-propanedithiol, triazinethiol, triazinedithiol, triazinetrithiol, 1,2,3-propanetrithiol, Tetraethylene glycol-bis (3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakisthioglucorate, dipentaerythritol hexa Kiss (3-mercaptopropionate), tris [(3-mercaptopropionyloxy) -ethyl] -isocyanurate, 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutyryloxy) butane, pen Erythritol tetrakis (3-mercapt
- the other additive contained in the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may be only one kind, two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
- the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the type.
- the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain a solvent. Since the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
- the first intermediate layer forming composition such as the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) can be obtained by blending the components for constituting the first intermediate layer forming composition.
- the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
- a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
- the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
- the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
- the curable resin layer is a sheet-like or film-like layer for protecting bumps on the semiconductor surface, and may be either an energy ray-curable resin layer or a thermosetting resin layer.
- the curable resin layer forms a first protective film by curing.
- the energy beam curable resin layer contains an energy beam curable component (a).
- the energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky.
- “energy beam” and “energy beam curability” are as described above.
- As a preferable thermosetting resin layer what contains a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) is mentioned, for example.
- the polymer component (A) is a component that can be regarded as formed by polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound.
- the thermosetting component (B) is a component that can undergo a curing (polymerization) reaction using heat as a reaction trigger.
- the polymerization reaction includes a polycondensation reaction.
- the curable resin layer may be only one layer (single layer), or may be two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination is not particularly limited.
- the thickness of the curable resin layer is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 75 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 ⁇ m.
- the thickness of the curable resin layer is equal to or more than the lower limit value, it is possible to form a first protective film with higher protective ability. Moreover, the effect which suppresses bubble inclusion of a 1st protective film becomes higher because the thickness of a curable resin layer is below the said upper limit.
- the “thickness of the curable resin layer” means the thickness of the entire curable resin layer.
- the thickness of the curable resin layer composed of a plurality of layers means all of the curable resin layers. Means the total thickness of the layers.
- the curable resin layer can be formed using the curable resin layer forming composition contained in the constituent material.
- the energy ray curable resin layer is formed on the target site by applying the energy ray curable resin layer forming composition to the surface on which the energy ray curable resin layer is to be formed and drying it as necessary. it can.
- the ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the energy beam curable resin layer.
- “normal temperature” is as described above.
- the curable resin layer forming composition may be applied by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife.
- a method using various coaters such as a coater, a screen coater, a Meyer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
- the drying conditions of the resin layer forming composition are not particularly limited, but the energy ray curable resin layer forming composition is preferably heat-dried when it contains a solvent to be described later. Drying is preferably performed at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
- the energy ray curable resin layer forming composition examples include, for example, the energy ray curable resin layer forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray curable component (a) (in this specification, And the like (may be abbreviated as “resin layer forming composition (IV-1)”).
- the energy ray-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays, and is also a component for imparting film forming property, flexibility, and the like to the energy ray-curable resin layer.
- Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2000000, and an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80000.
- a compound (a2) is mentioned.
- the polymer (a1) may be crosslinked at least partly with a crosslinking agent or may not be crosslinked.
- Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 examples include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group of another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) formed by reacting a functional group reactive group and an energy ray curable compound (a12) having an energy ray curable group such as an energy ray curable double bond. .
- Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom). Group), an epoxy group, and the like.
- the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
- the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
- the acrylic polymer (a11) having the functional group examples include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to monomers, monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers) may be copolymerized.
- the acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
- acrylic monomer having a functional group examples include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a substituted amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
- hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
- Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
- monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid
- fumaric acid, itaconic acid maleic acid, citracone
- Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dica
- the acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
- the acrylic monomer having the functional group that constitutes the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
- acrylic monomer having no functional group examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate n.
- acrylic monomer having no functional group examples include alkoxy such as methoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, and ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
- the acrylic monomer which does not have the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
- non-acrylic monomer examples include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
- the said non-acrylic monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer (a11) may be only 1 type, may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer is 0.1 to 50 mass. %, More preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
- the ratio is within such a range.
- the content of the curable group can easily adjust the degree of curing of the first protective film within a preferable range.
- the acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
- the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is 5 to 60% by mass with respect to the total mass of the resin layer forming composition (IV-1). Preferably, it is 10 to 40% by mass, more preferably 15 to 20% by mass.
- the energy ray curable compound (a12) is one or two selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group and a carboxy group as a group capable of reacting with the functional group of the acrylic polymer (a11). Those having the above are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the energy beam curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
- the energy beam curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 energy beam curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably has 1 to 2 energy beam curable groups.
- Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, meta-isopropenyl- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1- (bisacryloyloxymethyl).
- Ethyl isocyanate An acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate; Examples thereof include an acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
- the energy beam curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
- the energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
- the content of the energy beam curable group derived from the energy beam curable compound (a12) with respect to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11). is preferably 20 to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%.
- the ratio of the content is within such a range, the adhesive force of the cured first protective film to the bumps and the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer is further increased.
- the upper limit of the content ratio is 100 mol%
- the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more of the groups in one molecule)
- the upper limit of the content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.
- the polymer (a1) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1500,000.
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- the “weight average molecular weight” is as described above.
- the polymer (a1) is at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent
- the polymer (a1) has been described as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11).
- a monomer that does not correspond to any of the monomers and has a group that reacts with the crosslinking agent is polymerized to be crosslinked at the group that reacts with the crosslinking agent, or the energy ray-curable compound ( In the group which reacts with the functional group derived from a12), it may be crosslinked.
- the polymer (a1) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the energy ray curable resin layer may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and when there are two kinds or more, These combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
- Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 examples include a group containing an energy ray curable double bond. Preferred examples include (meth) An acryloyl group, a vinyl group, etc. are mentioned.
- the compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions, but has a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group, and an energy ray curable group.
- a phenol resin etc. are mentioned.
- examples of the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and an acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
- examples of the acrylate compound include 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, and 2,2-bis [4 -((Meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- (meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane,
- the epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray curable group are described in, for example, paragraph 0043 of “JP 2013-194102 A”. Things can be used.
- Such a resin corresponds to a resin constituting a curable component described later, but is treated as the compound (a2) in the present invention.
- the compound (a2) preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.
- the compound (a2) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the energy ray curable resin layer may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and when there are two or more kinds, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
- the resin layer-forming composition (IV-1) and the energy beam curable resin layer contain the compound (a2) as the energy beam curable component (a), the resin layer-forming composition (IV-1) and the energy beam curable resin layer further have no energy beam curable group. It is preferable to also contain a coalescence (b).
- the polymer (b) may be crosslinked at least partially by a crosslinking agent, or may not be crosslinked.
- polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group examples include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber resins, and acrylic urethane resins.
- the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
- the acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one, for example, a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer or a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers. Alternatively, it may be a copolymer of one or two or more acrylic monomers and a monomer (non-acrylic monomer) other than one or two or more acrylic monomers.
- the acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include polymers of monomers mentioned as acrylic monomers having no functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11). It is done.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate; (Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl; (Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester; Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyloxyethyl ester.
- Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester include glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
- Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and 3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate. Examples include propyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
- Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
- non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) examples include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
- Examples of the polymer (b) that is at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent and does not have an energy ray-curable group include those in which a reactive functional group in the polymer (b) has reacted with a crosslinking agent. Can be mentioned.
- the reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent and the like, and is not particularly limited.
- examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. Among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group is preferable.
- the crosslinking agent is an epoxy compound
- examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amide group, and the like. Among these, a carboxy group having high reactivity with an epoxy group is preferable.
- the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
- Examples of the polymer (b) having the reactive functional group and not having the energy ray-curable group include those obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer having the reactive functional group.
- examples of the polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group include those obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester.
- Examples of the acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer include those obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with the reactive functional group.
- the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) is 1-20.
- the mass is preferably 2% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 10% by mass. When the ratio is within such a range, the degree of cross-linking becomes a more preferable range in the polymer (b).
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group is 10,000 to 2,000,000 from the viewpoint that the film-forming property of the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) becomes better. It is preferably 100000 to 1500,000.
- the “weight average molecular weight” is as described above.
- the resin layer-forming composition (IV-1) and the energy ray-curable resin layer contain the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, may be only one type or two or more types, In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- Examples of the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) include those containing one or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2).
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a polymer (b) or a polymer (a1) when it contains the compound (a2). Further, the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the compound (a2) and contains both the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. It may be.
- the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent Of the energy ray curable resin layer is 5 to 90% by mass. It is preferably 10 to 80% by mass, more preferably 20 to 70% by mass.
- the ratio of the content of the energy ray curable component is within such a range, the energy ray curable property of the energy ray curable resin layer becomes better.
- Resin layer forming composition (IV-1) includes, in addition to the energy ray curable component, a thermosetting component, a photopolymerization initiator, a filler, a coupling agent, a crosslinking agent, and a general-purpose additive depending on the purpose. You may contain 1 type, or 2 or more types selected from the group which consists of. For example, by using the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray curable component and the thermosetting component, the formed energy ray curable resin layer is bonded to an adherend by heating. The force is improved, and the strength of the first protective film formed from the energy ray curable resin layer is also improved.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a thermosetting component (B).
- the thermosetting component (B) cures the curable resin layer by heating to form a hard first protective film.
- Description of the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the thermosetting component (B) contained in the curable resin layer is as follows. ).
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) may contain a photopolymerization initiator (H).
- Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- the photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) is 0.1 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy beam curable component (a). It is preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a filler (D).
- the first protective film obtained by curing the curable resin layer can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient.
- the reliability of the package obtained using the first protective film forming sheet is further improved.
- the moisture absorption rate of a 1st protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because a curable resin layer contains a filler (D).
- the filler (D) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
- Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
- the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the filler (D) contained in the curable resin layer may be only one type, two or more types, and when two or more types are combined, The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- the ratio of the content of the filler (D) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the curable resin layer) is preferably 5 to 80% by mass, more preferably 7 to 70% by mass. Adjustment of said thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier because content of a filler (D) is such a range.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a coupling agent (E).
- a coupling agent (E) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound By using a coupling agent (E) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the curable resin layer to the adherend can be improved. Moreover, water resistance improves the 1st protective film obtained by hardening
- the coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the energy beam curable component (a) and the like, and more preferably a silane coupling agent.
- Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propy
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the coupling agent (E) contained in the curable resin layer may be only one type, two or more types, or a combination thereof when two or more types are used.
- the ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the coupling agent (E) in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer is such that the energy ray curable component (a), the polymer It is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the component (A) and the thermosetting component (B).
- the amount is particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass.
- Crosslinking agent (F) As energy ray-curable component (a), it has a functional group such as vinyl group, (meth) acryloyl group, amino group, hydroxyl group, carboxy group, isocyanate group, etc. that can be combined with other compounds such as the above-mentioned acrylic resin.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a crosslinking agent (F) for bonding the functional group with another compound to crosslink. .
- the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the curable resin layer can be adjusted.
- crosslinking agent (F) examples include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridinyl group), and the like. Is mentioned.
- organic polyvalent isocyanate compound examples include an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the like”).
- a trimer such as the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, isocyanurate and adduct; a terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the polyol compound. Etc.
- the “adduct body” includes the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, or the alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and a low amount of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, castor oil, or the like. It means a reaction product with a molecularly active hydrogen-containing compound, and examples thereof include an xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later.
- the “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” is as described above.
- organic polyvalent isocyanate compound for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Dimethylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate is added to all or some hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as propane. Or two or more compounds are added; lysine diisocyanate.
- a polyol such as propane.
- organic polyvalent imine compound examples include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, and tetramethylolmethane.
- -Tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, N, N′-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylenemelamine and the like.
- the crosslinking agent (F) When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (F), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the polymer component (A).
- the crosslinker (F) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (A) has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinker (F) and the polymer component (A) react with each other to simplify the crosslink structure in the curable resin layer. Can be introduced.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the crosslinking agent (F) contained in the curable resin layer may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and in the case of two kinds or more, combinations thereof and The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the crosslinking agent (F) in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) is 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable component (a).
- the amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
- the effect by using a crosslinking agent (F) is acquired more notably because the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is more than the said lower limit.
- the excessive use of a crosslinking agent (F) is suppressed because the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is below the said upper limit.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a general-purpose additive (I) within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
- the general-purpose additive (I) may be a known one, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose.
- the general-purpose additive (I) is not particularly limited, but preferred examples thereof include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, and a colorant (dye Pigments), gettering agents and the like.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the general-purpose additive (I) contained in the curable resin layer may be only one type, two or more types, and combinations of two or more types. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- the contents of the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the general-purpose additive (I) in the curable resin layer are not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent.
- the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
- the solvent is not particularly limited. Preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol. Esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
- the solvent contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the solvent contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) is preferably methyl ethyl ketone or the like from the viewpoint that the components in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) can be more uniformly mixed.
- each of the thermosetting component, photopolymerization initiator, filler, coupling agent, crosslinking agent and general-purpose additive may be used alone. And when 2 or more types may be used together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- the contents of the thermosetting component, photopolymerization initiator, filler, coupling agent, crosslinking agent and general-purpose additive in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. There is no particular limitation.
- thermosetting resin layer can be formed using the composition for thermosetting resin layer formation containing the constituent material.
- a thermosetting resin layer can be formed at a target site by applying a thermosetting resin layer forming composition to the surface on which the thermosetting resin layer is to be formed and drying it as necessary.
- the ratio of the contents of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the ratio of the contents of the components of the thermosetting resin layer.
- “normal temperature” is as described above.
- thermosetting resin layer forming composition may be applied by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, Examples include a method using various coaters such as a knife coater, a screen coater, a Meyer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
- thermosetting resin layer forming composition is preferably heat-dried. In this case, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 1 to 5 minutes. It is preferable to dry under the conditions.
- thermosetting resin layer forming composition (III-1) examples include a thermosetting resin layer forming composition (III-1) containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) (in the present specification, May be simply abbreviated as “resin layer forming composition (III-1)”).
- the polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film-forming properties, flexibility and the like to the thermosetting resin layer.
- the polymer component (A) contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
- Examples of the polymer component (A) include an acrylic resin (a resin having a (meth) acryloyl group), a polyester, a urethane resin (a resin having a urethane bond), an acrylic urethane resin, and a silicone resin (having a siloxane bond). Resin), rubber resin (resin having a rubber structure), phenoxy resin, thermosetting polyimide and the like, and acrylic resin is preferable.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 100,000 to 1500,000.
- Mw weight average molecular weight
- the shape stability of the thermosetting resin layer time stability during storage
- the thermosetting resin layer easily follows the uneven surface of the adherend, and between the adherend and the thermosetting resin layer. Generation of voids and the like is further suppressed.
- the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably ⁇ 60 to 70 ° C., and more preferably ⁇ 30 to 50 ° C.
- Tg of the acrylic resin is equal to or greater than the lower limit, the adhesive force between the first protective film and the first support sheet (first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is suppressed, and the first support sheet (first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) ) Is improved.
- adhesive force with the to-be-adhered body of a thermosetting resin layer and a 1st protective film improves because Tg of acrylic resin is below the said upper limit.
- the acrylic resin is selected from, for example, a polymer of one or more (meth) acrylic acid esters; (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, N-methylolacrylamide, and the like. Examples include copolymers of two or more monomers.
- Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester constituting the acrylic resin include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) N-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Heptyl acid, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate , Undecyl (me
- the acrylic resin is, for example, one or more monomers selected from (meth) acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, N-methylolacrylamide and the like in addition to the (meth) acrylic ester. May be obtained by copolymerization.
- Only one type of monomer constituting the acrylic resin may be used, or two or more types may be used, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the acrylic resin may have a functional group that can be bonded to other compounds such as a vinyl group, a (meth) acryloyl group, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an isocyanate group.
- the functional group of the acrylic resin may be bonded to another compound via a cross-linking agent (F) described later, or may be directly bonded to another compound not via the cross-linking agent (F). .
- F cross-linking agent
- thermoplastic resin other than an acrylic resin
- thermoplastic resin is used alone without using an acrylic resin.
- it may be used in combination with an acrylic resin.
- thermoplastic resin the peelability of the first protective film from the first support sheet (first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) is improved, and the thermosetting resin layer easily follows the uneven surface of the adherend. Therefore, the generation of voids or the like may be further suppressed between the adherend and the heatable resin layer.
- the weight average molecular weight of the thermoplastic resin is preferably 1000 to 100,000, more preferably 3000 to 80,000.
- the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the thermoplastic resin is preferably ⁇ 30 to 150 ° C., and more preferably ⁇ 20 to 120 ° C.
- thermoplastic resin examples include polyester, polyurethane, phenoxy resin, polybutene, polybutadiene, and polystyrene.
- thermoplastic resin contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and when two or more kinds are combined, The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- the ratio of the content of the polymer component (A) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the polymer component (A) of the thermosetting resin layer) Is preferably 5 to 85% by mass, more preferably 5 to 80% by mass, regardless of the type of the polymer component (A).
- the polymer component (A) may also correspond to the thermosetting component (B).
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) contains components corresponding to both the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B)
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) is considered to contain a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B).
- thermosetting component (B) The resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer contain a thermosetting component (B). When the thermosetting resin layer contains the thermosetting component (B), the thermosetting component (B) cures the thermosetting resin layer by heating to form a hard first protective film.
- the thermosetting component (B) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may be only one type, two or more types, or two or more types. These combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
- thermosetting component (B) examples include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferable.
- the epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2).
- the epoxy-type thermosetting resin contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
- Epoxy resin (B1) examples include known ones such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, orthocresol novolac epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, Biphenyl type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins, and the like, and bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds are listed.
- an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used as the epoxy resin (B1).
- An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the 1st sheet
- Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group. Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple
- the unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) An acrylamide group etc. are mentioned, An acryloyl group is preferable.
- the number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30000 in view of curability of the thermosetting resin layer and strength and heat resistance of the first protective film after curing. 400 to 10,000 is more preferable, and 500 to 3000 is particularly preferable.
- the “number average molecular weight” means a number average molecular weight represented by a standard polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
- the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 300 to 800 g / eq.
- the “epoxy equivalent” means the number of grams (g / eq) of an epoxy compound containing 1 gram equivalent of an epoxy group, and can be measured according to the method of JIS K 7236: 2001.
- the epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more, and when two or more are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
- thermosetting agent (B2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (B1).
- a thermosetting agent (B2) the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example.
- the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a group in which an acid group has been anhydrideized, and the like, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or an acid group has been anhydrideized. It is preferably a group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
- thermosetting agents (B2) examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resins, and aralkylphenolic resins.
- examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
- the thermosetting agent (B2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
- examples of the thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and the aromatic ring of the phenol resin. Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
- the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (B2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having the unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
- thermosetting agent (B2) In the case where a phenolic curing agent is used as the thermosetting agent (B2), the thermosetting agent (B2) has a softening point or a glass transition temperature because the peelability of the first protective film from the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is improved. High is preferred.
- thermosetting agent (B2) for example, the number average molecular weight of the resin component such as polyfunctional phenolic resin, novolac-type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resin, aralkylphenolic resin is preferably 300 to 30000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
- the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
- thermosetting agent (B2) may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
- the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is 0.1 to 500 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the epoxy resin (B1).
- the amount is preferably part by mass, and more preferably 1 to 200 parts by mass.
- the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is equal to or more than the lower limit, curing of the thermosetting resin layer is more likely to proceed.
- the moisture absorption rate of a thermosetting resin layer is reduced because the said content of a thermosetting agent (B2) is below the said upper limit, The package obtained using the sheet
- the content of the thermothermosetting component (B) (for example, the total content of the epoxy resin (B1) and the thermosetting agent (B2)) Is preferably 50 to 1000 parts by weight, more preferably 100 to 900 parts by weight, and more preferably 150 to 800 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the polymer component (A). Particularly preferred.
- the content of the thermosetting component (B) is within such a range, the adhesive force between the first protective film and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is suppressed, and the peelability of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is improved. To do.
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a curing accelerator (C).
- the curing accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the curing rate of the resin layer forming composition (III-1).
- Preferred curing accelerators (C) include, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole Imidazoles such as 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole (one or more hydrogen atoms are other than hydrogen atoms)
- the curing accelerator (C) contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the curing accelerator (C) is the content of the thermosetting component (B).
- the amount is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass.
- the effect by using a hardening accelerator (C) is acquired more notably because the said content of a hardening accelerator (C) is more than the said lower limit.
- the highly polar curing accelerator (C) is deposited in the thermosetting resin layer under high temperature and high humidity conditions. The effect of suppressing segregation by moving toward the adhesion interface with the body is enhanced, and the reliability of the package obtained using the first protective film forming sheet is further improved.
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a filler (D).
- the thermosetting resin layer contains the filler (D)
- the first protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting resin layer can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient.
- the reliability of the package obtained using the first protective film forming sheet is further improved.
- the moisture absorption rate of a 1st protective film can also be reduced because a thermosetting resin layer contains a filler (D).
- the description of the filler (D) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) is the explanation of the filler (D) contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer. It is the same.
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a coupling agent (E).
- a coupling agent (E) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound By using a coupling agent (E) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the thermosetting resin layer to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (E), the first protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting resin layer has improved water resistance without impairing heat resistance.
- Description of the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the coupling agent (E) contained in the thermosetting resin layer are as follows: Coupling agent (E) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) It is the same as that of description.
- Crosslinking agent (F) As the polymer component (A), those having functional groups such as vinyl group, (meth) acryloyl group, amino group, hydroxyl group, carboxy group, isocyanate group and the like that can be bonded to other compounds such as the above-mentioned acrylic resin.
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a crosslinking agent (F) for bonding the functional group with another compound to crosslink.
- the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the thermosetting resin layer can be adjusted.
- the description of the crosslinking agent (F) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) is the explanation of the crosslinking agent (F) contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer. It is the same.
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain an energy ray curable resin (G).
- the thermosetting resin layer is a component for forming the first protective film by containing the energy ray curable resin (G) and curing the thermosetting resin layer by irradiation with energy rays. is there.
- the energy beam curable resin (G) is obtained by polymerizing (curing) an energy beam curable compound.
- the energy ray curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, and acrylate compounds having a (meth) acryloyl group are preferable.
- the acrylate compound examples include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, tetramethylolmethanetetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypenta ( Chain aliphatic skeleton-containing (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate; polyethylene Polyalkylene glycol (meth) acrylate such as glycol di (meth) acrylate; oligoester (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer; Modified (meth) acrylate; the polyalky
- the weight average molecular weight of the energy ray curable compound is preferably 100 to 30000, and more preferably 300 to 10000.
- the energy ray-curable compound used for the polymerization may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
- the energy ray curable resin (G) contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are as follows: Can be arbitrarily selected.
- the content of the energy ray curable resin (G) is 1 to 95% by mass with respect to the total mass of the resin layer forming composition (III-1). It is preferably 5 to 90% by mass, more preferably 10 to 85% by mass.
- Photopolymerization initiator (H) When the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer contain the energy beam curable resin (G), in order to efficiently advance the polymerization reaction of the energy beam curable resin (G), A photopolymerization initiator (H) may be contained.
- the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It is done.
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a general-purpose additive (I) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- Description of resin layer forming composition (III-1) and general-purpose additive (I) contained in thermosetting resin layer is as follows.
- General-purpose additive (I) contained in resin layer-forming composition (IV-1) It is the same as that of description.
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) preferably further contains a solvent.
- the resin layer forming composition (III-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
- the explanation of the solvent contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) is the same as the explanation of the solvent contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1).
- the curable resin layer-forming composition such as the thermosetting resin layer-forming composition (III-1) and the energy ray-curable resin layer-forming composition (IV-1) has the components It is obtained by blending.
- the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
- a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
- the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
- the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
- the first protective film forming sheet can be produced by sequentially laminating the above-described layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship.
- the method for forming each layer is as described above.
- the first protective film forming sheet when the first protective film forming sheet is produced, when the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the first intermediate layer is laminated on the first base material, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive described above is formed on the first base material.
- middle layer can be laminated
- the composition for forming the curable resin layer is formed on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. It is possible to directly form the curable resin layer by coating.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied on the first intermediate layer.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be directly formed. As described above, when a continuous two-layer laminated structure is formed using any of the compositions, the composition is further applied onto the layer formed from the composition to newly form a layer. Can be formed.
- the layer laminated after these two layers is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer that is in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surfaces of the remaining layers already formed.
- the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film.
- the release film may be removed as necessary after forming the laminated structure.
- a first protective film-forming sheet (a first base material and a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) formed by laminating a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on a first base material and laminating a curable resin layer on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied on the first base material, and dried as necessary, so that the first The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the base material, and the curable resin layer-forming composition is separately coated on the release film and dried as necessary, whereby the curable resin is applied on the release film.
- a layer is formed, and the exposed surface of the curable resin layer is bonded to the exposed surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer laminated on the first base material so that the curable resin layer is placed on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
- a first protective film forming sheet is obtained.
- the first substrate The first intermediate layer-forming composition is applied on the top and dried as necessary, or by irradiating energy rays, so that the first intermediate layer is laminated on the first base material
- a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film, and the exposed surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is A first support sheet is obtained by laminating the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the first intermediate layer by laminating the exposed surface of the first intermediate layer already laminated on the first base material.
- a curable resin layer forming composition is further formed on the release film by separately applying a curable resin layer-forming composition on the release film and drying as necessary.
- the first protective layer is formed by laminating the exposed surface of the curable resin layer with the exposed surface of the first adhesive layer laminated on the first intermediate layer and laminating the curable resin layer on the first adhesive layer. A film forming sheet is obtained.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or the first intermediate layer-forming composition is applied on the release film, and is dried or irradiated with energy rays as necessary.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the first intermediate layer is formed on the release film, and the exposed surface of these layers is bonded to one surface of the first base material, whereby the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the first intermediate layer is bonded.
- An intermediate layer may be laminated on the first substrate.
- the release film may be removed at an arbitrary timing after the target laminated structure is formed.
- seat for 1st protective film formation is normally stored in the state by which the peeling film was bonded together on the surface of the outermost layer (for example, curable resin layer) on the opposite side to the 1st base material. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a composition for forming a curable resin layer, is applied on the release film (preferably the release-treated surface), and dried as necessary. By forming the layer constituting the outermost layer on the release film, each of the remaining layers is placed on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film.
- the first protective film-forming sheet can also be obtained by laminating and keeping the bonded state without removing the release film.
- Polymer component (A) -1 butyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “BA”) (10 parts by mass), methyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “MA”) (70 parts by mass)
- Glycidyl methacrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “GMA”) (5 parts by mass)
- 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate 15 parts by mass
- An acrylic resin having a molecular weight of 400,000 and a glass transition temperature of -1 ° C.
- Polymer component (A) -2 80 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “2EHA”) and 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “HEA”) 2methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate, hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “MOI”) 21.4 is further added to the pre-copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 20 parts by mass.
- 2EHA 2-ethylhexyl acrylate
- HOA 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate
- MOI 2-isocyanatoethyl methacrylate
- a mass part (a quantity in which the total number of moles of isocyanate groups in 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate is 0.8 times the total number of moles of hydroxyl groups in HEA) is reacted to give a weight average molecular weight of 1,000,000
- Polymer component (A) -3 A pre-copolymer obtained by copolymerizing 80 parts by mass of butyl acrylate (BA) and 20 parts by mass of 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate (HEA) was further added to 2- Methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate (MOI) is reacted so that the total number of isocyanate groups in MOI is 0.8 times the total number of hydroxyl groups in HEA, and the weight average molecular weight is 800,000, glass An ultraviolet curable acrylic copolymer having a transition temperature of ⁇ 48 ° C. was obtained.
- BA butyl acrylate
- HEA 2-hydroxylethyl acrylate
- MOI 2- Methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate
- G Spherical silica modified with an epoxy group (500 nm) (“Advertex Corporation SC2050-MA”) Energy ray curable compound
- Energy ray curable compound (I) -1 Tricyclodecane dimethylol diacrylate (“KAYARAD R-684”, bifunctional ultraviolet curable compound, molecular weight 304, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
- Energy ray curable compound (I) -2 ⁇ -caprolactone modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate (A-9300CI-1 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
- Photopolymerization initiator (J) -1 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (“IRGACURE 184” manufactured by BASF)
- Example 1 ⁇ Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film> (Manufacture of composition for forming energy ray curable resin layer)
- Polymer component (A) -1 (100 parts by mass), filler (G) -1 (290 parts by mass), energy beam curable compound (I) -1 (53 parts by mass), energy beam curable compound (I ) -2 (53 parts by mass) and a photopolymerization initiator (J) -1 (3 parts by mass) are dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain a composition for forming a UV curable resin layer.
- a resin layer forming composition (IV-1) (methyl ethyl ketone solution) having a solid content concentration of 50% by mass was obtained.
- Trimethylolpropane tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (hereinafter abbreviated as “TDI-TMP”) with respect to the polymer component (A) -2 “2EHA (MOI)” (100 parts by mass) obtained above.
- “Coronate L” (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) (0.5 parts by mass) is added, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent, and the first adhesive is obtained by stirring at 23 ° C.
- Agent composition (I-1) was obtained.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained above is applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 30 ⁇ m was formed by heating and drying at 110 ° C. for 1 minute. Two such pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets in which a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 30 ⁇ m was laminated on a release film were prepared.
- a polyolefin film (thickness 25 ⁇ m), an adhesive layer (thickness 2.5 ⁇ m), a polyethylene terephthalate film (thickness) 50 ⁇ m), an adhesive layer (thickness 2.5 ⁇ m), and a polyolefin film (thickness 25 ⁇ m) are laminated in this order.
- a laminate in which the layers and the laminated film were laminated in this order was obtained.
- the release film is removed from the laminate, and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the other pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet obtained above is bonded to the exposed first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, whereby the first adhesive having a thickness of 105 ⁇ m.
- the release film is removed from the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first support sheet obtained above, and the exposed surface of the one energy ray-curable resin film obtained above is exposed on the exposed surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
- the first substrate is obtained by removing the release film from the laminated film and bonding the other energy ray-curable resin film obtained above to the exposed energy ray-curable resin layer.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer thickness 60 ⁇ m
- the energy ray curable resin film that is, the energy ray curable resin layer, thickness 80 ⁇ m
- the release film are laminated in this order in the thickness direction.
- a protective film-forming sheet was obtained.
- Stage temperature 70 ° C
- Stage height -250 ⁇ m Roller temperature ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Normal temperature Roller pressure ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 0.5MPa Roller speed: 2mm / sec
- UV irradiation is performed at RAD-2000 m / 8 under an illuminance of 230 mW / cm 2 and a light quantity of 760 mJ / cm 2. did.
- the first support sheet was peeled off from the bump chip.
- the bump chip with the first protective film was set on the sample stage for the SEM measurement sample so that the first protective film application surface was facing upward.
- the energy ray curable resin layer side was fixed to the SUS304 support plate with double-sided tape (TL-701 Lintec Co., Ltd.)
- the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side was sandwiched between chucks of a measuring apparatus and the delamination force (1) was measured under the following conditions, it was 5.4 N / 25 mm.
- a PET first base adhesive tape (PL thin (50 ⁇ m thick)) is used. Lintec Co., Ltd.)) was applied to the entire surface from the back of the first substrate of the support sheet.
- UV irradiation device RAD-2000m / 8 manufactured by Lintec Sample size: 250mm x 25mm Equipment: Universal tensile testing machine (Autograph AG-IS, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) Measurement method: JIS Z 0237; conforming to 2009 Peel speed: 300 mm / min, peeling angle: 180 °
- the delamination force (3) between the circuit surface represented by the PI film and the curable resin layer is so large that it cannot be measured. Accordingly, the delamination force (3) between the circuit surface and the curable resin layer is generally the delamination force (1) between the curable resin layer and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, or the bump and the hardening made of lead-free solder. It can be understood that it is larger than the delamination force (2) with the conductive resin layer.
- UV curable resin layer forming composition a sample of an energy ray curable resin film having a grip length of 30 mm, a width of 15 mm, and a thickness of 0.2 mm was prepared, and the illuminance was 230 mW / cm 2 and the light amount was 380 mJ / cm. 2 was cured by UV irradiation from both sides (that is, the total light from both sides was 760 mJ / cm 2 ).
- Example 2 ⁇ Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film> (Production of first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) TDI-TMP (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) (0.5 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -3 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is increased with ethyl acetate as a solvent.
- the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) was obtained by adjusting to 30% and stirring at 23 ° C.
- Example 2 Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film
- the protective film of Example 2 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 2 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
- Example 3 ⁇ Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film> (Production of first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) TDI-TMP (5 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -2 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- Example 3 Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film
- the protective film of Example 3 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 3 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
- Example 4 ⁇ Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film> (Production of first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition) TDI-TMP (4 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -2 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- Example 4 Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film
- the protective film of Example 4 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 4 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
- TDI-TMP (10 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -2 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- Example 4 Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film
- the protective film of Example 4 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 4 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
- Example 1 ⁇ Evaluation of bump top exposure characteristics> As in Example 1, when the exposure characteristics of the bump tops were evaluated, the first protective film remained on the circuit surface and the first protective film remained on the bump tops of the solder balls. ⁇ Evaluation of delamination force> -Delamination force between curable resin layer and first adhesive layer (1) When the delamination force (1) was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 1.5 N / 25 mm.
- TDI-TMP (20 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -2 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
- Example 4 Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film
- the protective film of Example 4 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 4 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
- Example 1 ⁇ Evaluation of bump top exposure characteristics> As in Example 1, when the exposure characteristics of the bump tops were evaluated, the first protective film remained on the circuit surface and the first protective film remained on the bump tops of the solder balls. ⁇ Evaluation of delamination force> -Delamination force between curable resin layer and first adhesive layer (1) When the delamination force (1) was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 1.0 N / 25 mm.
Abstract
Description
本願は、2015年11月4日に、日本に出願された特願2015-217110号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 The present invention relates to a first protective film forming sheet.
This application claims priority on November 4, 2015 based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2015-217110 for which it applied to Japan, and uses the content for it here.
前記硬化性樹脂層は、半導体ウエハのバンプを有する表面に貼付し、硬化させることによって、前記表面に第1保護膜を形成するための層であり、
前記第1粘着剤層に前記硬化性樹脂層をラミネートし、硬化処理後の、前記第1粘着剤層及び前記硬化性樹脂層の間の層間剥離力(1)が、鉛フリーはんだSAC305の鏡面研磨面に前記硬化性樹脂層をラミネートし、硬化処理後の、鉛フリーはんだSAC305の鏡面研磨面及び前記硬化性樹脂層の間の層間剥離力(2)よりも大きく、かつ、前記層間剥離力(1)が2.0~100N/25mmであることを特徴とする第1保護膜形成用シートである。 The present invention is a first protective film forming sheet in which a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a first substrate, and a curable resin layer is laminated on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer,
The curable resin layer is a layer for forming a first protective film on the surface by sticking to the surface of the semiconductor wafer having bumps and curing.
The curable resin layer is laminated on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the delamination force (1) between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the curable resin layer after the curing treatment is a mirror surface of the lead-free solder SAC305. The delamination force is greater than the delamination force (2) between the mirror-polished surface of the lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer after laminating the curable resin layer on the polished surface and the curing treatment. (1) is a sheet for forming a first protective film, wherein 2.0 to 100 N / 25 mm.
なお、以下の説明で用いる図面は、特徴をわかりやすくするために、便宜上実際の第1保護膜形成用シートとは異ならせて示している場合がある。また、以下の説明において例示される材料、条件等は一例であって、本発明はそれらに必ずしも限定されるものではなく、その要旨を変更しない範囲で適宜変更して実施することが可能である。 Hereinafter, the 1st protective film formation sheet which concerns on this invention is demonstrated in detail with reference to drawings.
The drawings used in the following description may be shown differently from the actual first protective film forming sheet for convenience in order to make the characteristics easy to understand. In addition, the materials, conditions, and the like exemplified in the following description are merely examples, and the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto, and can be appropriately modified and implemented without departing from the scope of the invention. .
本発明の第1保護膜形成用シートは、図1に示されるように、第1基材11上に第1粘着剤層13が積層され、第1粘着剤層13上に、硬化性樹脂層12が積層されてなる第1保護膜形成用シートであって、硬化性樹脂層12は、半導体ウエハのバンプを有する表面に貼付し、硬化させることによって、前記表面及びバンプの基部に第1保護膜を形成するための層である。半導体ウエハのうちバンプを有する側の表面及びバンプの基部を保護する目的であることを指して、以下、第1保護膜、第1保護膜形成用シート等という。また、第1基材11上に第1粘着剤層13が積層されているところまでのシートを、第1支持シート101などと称する。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the first protective film-forming sheet of the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 1, the first protective film-forming sheet of the present invention has a first pressure-sensitive
なお、本明細書においては、第1基材の場合に限らず、「複数層が互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい」とは、「すべての層が同一であってもよいし、すべての層が異なっていてもよく、一部の層のみが同一であってもよい」ことを意味し、さらに「複数層が互いに異なる」とは、「各層の構成材料及び厚さの少なくとも一方が互いに異なる」ことを意味する。 The first substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the first substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, the constituent materials and thicknesses of the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Not.
In the present specification, not only the case of the first base material, but “a plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other” means “all layers may be the same or all layers. May be different, and only some of the layers may be the same ”, and“ a plurality of layers are different from each other ”means that“ at least one of the constituent material and thickness of each layer is different from each other ” "Means.
好ましい第1基材および第1粘着剤層としては、例えば、図1に示されるように、第1基材11上に第1粘着剤層13が積層されてなるもの、図2に示されるように、第1基材11上に第1中間層14が積層され、第1中間層14上に第1粘着剤層13が積層されてなるもの等が挙げられる。 FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the first protective film-forming sheet of the present invention. 2, the same components as those shown in FIG. 1 are denoted by the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 1, and detailed description thereof is omitted. The same applies to the drawings after FIG.
As a preferable first base material and first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, for example, as shown in FIG. 1, a structure in which a first pressure-sensitive
バンプ91は、例えば、球の一部が平面によって切り取られた形状を有しており、その切り取られて露出した部位に相当する平面が、半導体ウエハ90の回路面90aに接触している。バンプの形状は当該図に示すような形状に限定されないが、本発明の効果(バンプ頂部の露出特性)は、投影面が楕円状を含む球状のバンプにおいて特に効果を発揮する。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of the
The
前記第1基材は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、その構成材料としては、例えば、各種樹脂が挙げられる。
前記樹脂としては、例えば、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)等のポリエチレン;ポリプロピレン、ポリブテン、ポリブタジエン、ポリメチルペンテン、ノルボルネン樹脂等のポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン;エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、エチレン-ノルボルネン共重合体等のエチレン系共重合体(モノマーとしてエチレンを用いて得られた共重合体);ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニル共重合体等の塩化ビニル系樹脂(モノマーとして塩化ビニルを用いて得られた樹脂);ポリスチレン;ポリシクロオレフィン;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンイソフタレート、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレンジカルボキシレート、すべての構成単位が芳香族環式基を有する全芳香族ポリエステル等のポリエステル;2種以上の前記ポリエステルの共重合体;ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;ポリウレタン;ポリウレタンアクリレート;ポリイミド;ポリアミド;ポリカーボネート;フッ素樹脂;ポリアセタール;変性ポリフェニレンオキシド;ポリフェニレンスルフィド;ポリスルホン;ポリエーテルケトン等が挙げられる。
また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂との混合物等のポリマーアロイも挙げられる。前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂とのポリマーアロイは、ポリエステル以外の樹脂の量が比較的少量であるものが好ましい。
また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上が架橋した架橋樹脂;ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上を用いたアイオノマー等の変性樹脂も挙げられる。 -1st base material The said 1st base material is a sheet form or a film form, As a constituent material, various resin is mentioned, for example.
Examples of the resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin. Polyolefins; ethylene-based copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, ethylene-norbornene copolymer (ethylene as a monomer) A copolymer obtained by using a vinyl chloride resin such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymer (a resin obtained by using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene Naphtha Polyesters such as polyesters, polybutylene terephthalates, polyethylene isophthalates, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylates, wholly aromatic polyesters in which all the structural units have an aromatic cyclic group; Poly (meth) acrylic acid ester; Polyurethane; Polyurethane acrylate; Polyimide; Polyamide; Polycarbonate; Fluororesin; Polyacetal; Modified polyphenylene oxide; Polyphenylene sulfide; Polysulfone;
Moreover, as said resin, polymer alloys, such as a mixture of the said polyester and other resin, are mentioned, for example. The polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
Examples of the resin include a crosslinked resin in which one or more of the resins exemplified so far are crosslinked; modification of an ionomer or the like using one or more of the resins exemplified so far. Resins can also be mentioned.
ここで、「第1基材の厚さ」とは、第1基材全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる第1基材の厚さとは、第1基材を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the first base material is preferably 5 to 1000 μm, more preferably 10 to 500 μm, further preferably 15 to 300 μm, and particularly preferably 20 to 150 μm.
Here, the “thickness of the first base material” means the thickness of the entire first base material. For example, the thickness of the first base material composed of a plurality of layers means all of the first base material. Means the total thickness of the layers.
後述する第1粘着剤層又は硬化性樹脂層がエネルギー線硬化性を有する場合、第1基材はエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The first substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
When the 1st adhesive layer or curable resin layer mentioned later has energy-beam sclerosis | hardenability, what transmits an energy beam is preferable for a 1st base material.
前記第1粘着剤層は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、粘着剤を含有する。
前記粘着剤としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂((メタ)アクリロイル基を有する樹脂からなる粘着剤)、ウレタン系樹脂(ウレタン結合を有する樹脂からなる粘着剤)、ゴム系樹脂(ゴム構造を有する樹脂からなる粘着剤)、シリコーン系樹脂(シロキサン結合を有する樹脂からなる粘着剤)、エポキシ系樹脂(エポキシ基を有する樹脂からなる粘着剤)、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート等の粘着性樹脂が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂が好ましい。 -1st adhesive layer The said 1st adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and contains an adhesive.
Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive include an acrylic resin (a pressure-sensitive adhesive made of a resin having a (meth) acryloyl group), a urethane resin (a pressure-sensitive adhesive made of a resin having a urethane bond), and a rubber resin (a resin having a rubber structure). ), Silicone resins (adhesives composed of resins having a siloxane bond), epoxy resins (adhesives composed of resins having an epoxy group), polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, and other adhesive resins. Based resins are preferred.
ここで、「第1粘着剤層の厚さ」とは、第1粘着剤層全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる第1粘着剤層の厚さとは、第1粘着剤層を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 1000 μm, more preferably 5 to 500 μm, and particularly preferably 10 to 100 μm.
Here, the “thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the entire first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the total thickness of all the layers that make up.
本発明において、「エネルギー線」とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線の中でエネルギー量子を有するものを意味し、その例として、紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。
紫外線は、例えば、紫外線源として高圧水銀ランプ、ヒュージョンHランプ又はキセノンランプ等を用いることで照射できる。電子線は、電子線加速器等によって発生させたものを照射できる。
本発明において、「エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射することにより硬化する性質を意味し、「非エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射しても硬化しない性質を意味する。 The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
In the present invention, “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays and electron beams.
Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, or a xenon lamp as an ultraviolet ray source. The electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
In the present invention, “energy ray curable” means the property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays, and “non-energy ray curable” means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy rays. .
第1粘着剤層は、粘着剤を含有する第1粘着剤組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、第1粘着剤層の形成対象面に第1粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に第1粘着剤層を形成できる。第1粘着剤層のより具体的な形成方法は、他の層の形成方法とともに、後ほど詳細に説明する。第1粘着剤組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、第1粘着剤層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。なお、本明細書において、「常温」とは、特に冷やしたり、熱したりしない温度、すなわち平常の温度を意味し、例えば、15~25℃の温度等が挙げられる。 << 1st adhesive composition >>
A 1st adhesive layer can be formed using the 1st adhesive composition containing an adhesive. For example, a 1st adhesive layer can be formed in the target site | part by applying a 1st adhesive composition to the formation object surface of a 1st adhesive layer, and making it dry as needed. A more specific method for forming the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers. In the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, the content ratio of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In the present specification, “normal temperature” means a temperature that is not particularly cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C.
前記第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。 <First adhesive composition (I-1)>
As described above, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、アクリル系樹脂であることが好ましい。
前記アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有するアクリル系重合体が挙げられる。
前記アクリル系樹脂が有する構成単位は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
The adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
The acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとして、より具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリルともいう)、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イコシル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred.
More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-octyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-nonyl, (meth) acrylic acid isononyl, (meth) acrylic acid decyl, (meta) ) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (also called lauryl (meth) acrylate) ), Tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as palmityl (meth) acrylate), Examples include heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as stearyl (meth) acrylate), nonadecyl (meth) acrylate, icosyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
前記官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、前記官能基が後述する架橋剤と反応することで架橋の起点となったり、前記官能基が不飽和基含有化合物中の不飽和基と反応することで、アクリル系重合体の側鎖に不飽和基の導入を可能とするものが挙げられる。 The acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
As the functional group-containing monomer, for example, the functional group reacts with a crosslinking agent to be described later to become a starting point of crosslinking, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound, The thing which enables introduction | transduction of an unsaturated group to the side chain of an acrylic polymer is mentioned.
すなわち、官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。 Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group.
That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
前記他のモノマーは、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等と共重合可能なものであれば特に限定されない。
前記他のモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、ギ酸ビニル、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 In addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer, the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
The other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
Examples of the other monomer include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
一方、前記アクリル系重合体中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基(エネルギー線重合性基)を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させたものは、上述のエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として使用できる。
なお、本発明において、「エネルギー線重合性」とは、エネルギー線を照射することにより重合する性質を意味する。 The acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
On the other hand, the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray-polymerizable group). It can be used as the resin (I-2a).
In the present invention, “energy beam polymerizability” means a property of polymerizing by irradiation with energy rays.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー又はオリゴマーが挙げられる。
エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、モノマーとしては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-へキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート等の多価(メタ)アクリレート;ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレート;エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、オリゴマーとしては、例えば、上記で例示したモノマーが重合してなるオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、分子量が比較的大きく、第1粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率を低下させにくいという点では、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーが好ましい。 [Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of the monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and 1,4. Polybutyl (meth) acrylates such as butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy ( And (meth) acrylate.
Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
The energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer in that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is difficult to be lowered.
粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition The product (I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
架橋剤としては、例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、これらジイソシアネートのアダクト体等のイソシアネート系架橋剤(イソシアネート基を有する架橋剤);エチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ系架橋剤(グリシジル基を有する架橋剤);ヘキサ[1-(2-メチル)-アジリジニル]トリフオスファトリアジン等のアジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤);アルミニウムキレート等の金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤);イソシアヌレート系架橋剤(イソシアヌル酸骨格を有する架橋剤)等が挙げられる。
粘着剤の凝集力を向上させて第1粘着剤層の粘着力を向上させる点、及び入手が容易である等の点から、架橋剤はイソシアネート系架橋剤であることが好ましい。 For example, the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
As a crosslinking agent, for example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether ( Cross-linking agent having a glycidyl group); Aziridine-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent having an aziridinyl group) such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine; Metal chelate-based cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate (metal) Cross-linking agent having a chelate structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent having an isocyanuric acid skeleton) and the like.
The crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent from the viewpoints of improving the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improving the adhesive strength of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and being easily available.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photopolymerization initiator]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
また、前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、1-クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物;アミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy Acetophenone compounds such as -2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfidation of benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, etc. Α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; , Dibenzyl, benzophenone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 1,2-diphenylmethane, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone, 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; a photosensitizer such as amine can be used.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
前記その他の添加剤としては、例えば、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、軟化剤(可塑剤)、充填材(フィラー)、防錆剤、着色剤(顔料、染料)、増感剤、粘着付与剤、反応遅延剤、架橋促進剤(触媒)等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。
なお、反応遅延剤とは、例えば、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)中に混入している触媒の作用によって、保存中の第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、目的としない架橋反応が進行するのを抑制するものである。反応遅延剤としては、例えば、触媒に対するキレートによってキレート錯体を形成するものが挙げられ、より具体的には、1分子中にカルボニル基(-C(=O)-)を2個以上有するものが挙げられる。 [Other additives]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, and tackifiers. And known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).
Note that the reaction retarding agent means, for example, the purpose of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage due to the action of the catalyst mixed in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It suppresses that the crosslinking reaction which does not progress. Examples of the reaction retarder include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (—C (═O) —) in one molecule. Can be mentioned.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していてもよい。第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していることで、塗工対象面への塗工適性が向上する。 [solvent]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
前記第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)を含有する。 <First adhesive composition (I-2)>
As described above, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). Containing a functional resin (I-2a).
前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させることで得られる。 [Adhesive resin (I-2a)]
The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基(エテニル基)、アリル基(2-プロペニル基)等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と結合可能な基としては、例えば、水酸基又はアミノ基と結合可能なイソシアネート基及びグリシジル基、並びにカルボキシ基又はエポキシ基と結合可能な水酸基及びアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The unsaturated group-containing compound is a group capable of binding to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group. It is a compound which has this.
Examples of the energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (ethenyl group), allyl group (2-propenyl group) and the like, and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)におけるものと同様な、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに架橋剤を含有していてもよい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer similar to that in the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, the first adhesive composition The product (I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same cross-linking agents as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The cross-linking agent contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photopolymerization initiator]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記その他の添加剤としては、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記溶媒としては、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
前記第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、上述の様に、前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性低分子化合物と、を含有する。 <First adhesive composition (I-3)>
As described above, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable low molecular weight compound.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性低分子化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー及びオリゴマーが挙げられ、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物と同じものが挙げられる。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性低分子化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Energy ray curable low molecular weight compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable low molecular weight compound contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers that have an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by irradiation with energy rays. And the same energy ray-curable compound contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The energy ray-curable low molecular weight compound contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, two or more types, and when two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are as follows: Can be arbitrarily selected.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photopolymerization initiator]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiators as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
前記その他の添加剤としては、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additives include the same additives as the other additives in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記溶媒としては、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Only 1 type may be sufficient as the solvent which 1st adhesive composition (I-3) contains, and when it is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
In the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
ここまでは、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)、第1粘着剤組成物(I-2)及び第1粘着剤組成物(I-3)について主に説明したが、これらの含有成分として説明したものは、これら3種の第1粘着剤組成物以外の全般的な第1粘着剤組成物(本明細書においては、「第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の第1粘着剤組成物」と称する)でも、同様に用いることができる。 <First pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)>
So far, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described. Are described as general first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than these three types of first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (in this specification, “first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I- It is also possible to use the same in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than 3).
非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂((メタ)アクリロイル基を有する樹脂)、ウレタン系樹脂(ウレタン結合を有する樹脂)、ゴム系樹脂(ゴム構造を有する樹脂)、シリコーン系樹脂(シロキサン結合を有する樹脂)、エポキシ系樹脂(エポキシ基を有する樹脂)、ポリビニルエーテル、又はポリカーボネート等の粘着性樹脂を含有するものが挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂を含有するものが好ましい。 Examples of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions. Also mentioned.
Non-energy ray curable adhesive compositions include, for example, acrylic resins (resins having (meth) acryloyl groups), urethane resins (resins having urethane bonds), rubber resins (resins having a rubber structure). , Silicone resins (resins having a siloxane bond), epoxy resins (resins having an epoxy group), polyvinyl ethers, or resins containing an adhesive resin such as polycarbonate, and those containing acrylic resins are preferred. .
第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)等の前記第1粘着剤組成物は、前記粘着剤と、必要に応じて前記粘着剤以外の成分等の、第1粘着剤組成物を構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。 << Method for Producing First Adhesive Composition >>
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition such as the first pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) includes the first pressure-sensitive adhesive, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive as necessary. It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
前記第1中間層は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、その構成材料は目的に応じて適宜選択すればよく、特に限定されない。
例えば、半導体表面を覆う第1保護膜に、半導体表面に存在するバンプの形状が反映されることによって、第1保護膜が変形してしまうことの抑制を目的とする場合、前記第1中間層の好ましい構成材料としては、第1中間層の貼付性がより向上する点から、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 -1st intermediate | middle layer The said 1st intermediate | middle layer is a sheet form or a film form, The constituent material should just be suitably selected according to the objective, and is not specifically limited.
For example, when the first protective film covering the semiconductor surface reflects the shape of the bumps existing on the semiconductor surface and is intended to prevent the first protective film from being deformed, the first intermediate layer Examples of preferable constituent materials include urethane (meth) acrylate and the like from the viewpoint that the adhesiveness of the first intermediate layer is further improved.
ここで、「第1中間層の厚さ」とは、第1中間層全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる第1中間層の厚さとは、第1中間層を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the first intermediate layer can be adjusted as appropriate according to the height of the bump on the surface of the semiconductor to be protected. However, the thickness of the first intermediate layer is 50 to 600 μm because the influence of the relatively high bump can be easily absorbed. It is preferably 70 to 500 μm, more preferably 80 to 400 μm.
Here, the “thickness of the first intermediate layer” means the thickness of the entire first intermediate layer. For example, the thickness of the first intermediate layer composed of a plurality of layers means all of the first intermediate layer. Means the total thickness of the layers.
第1中間層は、その構成材料を含有する第1中間層形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。
例えば、第1中間層の形成対象面に第1中間層形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させたり、エネルギー線の照射によって硬化させることで、目的とする部位に第1中間層を形成できる。第1中間層のより具体的な形成方法は、他の層の形成方法とともに、後ほど詳細に説明する。第1中間層形成用組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、第1中間層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。ここで、「常温」とは、先に説明したとおりである。 << first intermediate layer forming composition >>
A 1st intermediate | middle layer can be formed using the composition for 1st intermediate | middle layer formation containing the constituent material.
For example, the first intermediate layer-forming composition is applied to the surface of the first intermediate layer and dried as necessary, or cured by irradiation with energy rays, so that the first intermediate layer is formed on the target site. Layers can be formed. A more specific method for forming the first intermediate layer will be described in detail later along with methods for forming other layers. The ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the first intermediate layer forming composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the first intermediate layer. Here, “normal temperature” is as described above.
第1中間層形成用組成物は、エネルギー線硬化性を有する場合、乾燥後に、さらにエネルギー線の照射により硬化させることが好ましい。 The drying conditions for the first intermediate layer forming composition are not particularly limited, but when the first intermediate layer forming composition contains a solvent to be described later, it is preferably heat-dried. Drying is preferably performed at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
When the composition for forming the first intermediate layer has energy ray curability, it is preferably cured by irradiation with energy rays after drying.
第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)は、上述の様に、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートを含有する。 <First Intermediate Layer Forming Composition (II-1)>
As described above, the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) contains urethane (meth) acrylate.
ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートは、1分子中に少なくとも(メタ)アクリロイル基及びウレタン結合を有する化合物であり、エネルギー線重合性を有する。
ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートは、単官能のもの(1分子中に(メタ)アクリロイル基を1個のみ有するもの)であってもよいし、二官能以上のもの(1分子中に(メタ)アクリロイル基を2個以上有するもの)、すなわち多官能のものであってもよいが、少なくとも単官能のものを用いることが好ましい。 [Urethane (meth) acrylate]
Urethane (meth) acrylate is a compound having at least a (meth) acryloyl group and a urethane bond in one molecule, and has energy ray polymerizability.
The urethane (meth) acrylate may be monofunctional (having only one (meth) acryloyl group in one molecule) or bifunctional or more ((meth) acryloyl group in one molecule). Having two or more), that is, polyfunctional, it is preferable to use at least monofunctional.
前記ポリオール化合物は、1分子中に水酸基を2個以上有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。
前記ポリオール化合物は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 (Polyol compound)
The polyol compound is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having two or more hydroxyl groups in one molecule.
The said polyol compound may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
前記ポリオール化合物は、2官能のジオール、3官能のトリオール、4官能以上のポリオール等のいずれであってもよいが、入手が容易であり、汎用性及び反応性等に優れる点では、ジオールが好ましい。 Examples of the polyol compound include alkylene diol, polyether type polyol, polyester type polyol, and polycarbonate type polyol.
The polyol compound may be any of a bifunctional diol, a trifunctional triol, a tetrafunctional or higher polyol, etc., but a diol is preferable in terms of easy availability and excellent versatility and reactivity. .
前記ポリエーテル型ポリオールは、特に限定されないが、ポリエーテル型ジオールであることが好ましく、前記ポリエーテル型ジオールとしては、例えば、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 -Polyether type polyol The polyether type polyol is not particularly limited, but is preferably a polyether type diol, and examples of the polyether type diol include compounds represented by the following general formula (1). It is done.
前記ポリエステル型ポリオールは、特に限定されないが、例えば、多塩基酸又はその誘導体を用いて、エステル化反応を行うことで得られたもの等が挙げられる。なお、本明細書において「誘導体」とは、特に断りのない限り、元の化合物の1個以上の基がそれ以外の基(置換基)で置換されてなるものを意味する。ここで、「基」とは、複数個の原子が結合してなる原子団だけでなく、1個の原子も包含するものとする。 -Polyester type polyol Although the said polyester type polyol is not specifically limited, For example, what was obtained by performing esterification reaction using a polybasic acid or its derivative (s), etc. are mentioned. In the present specification, “derivative” means a compound in which one or more groups of the original compound are substituted with other groups (substituents) unless otherwise specified. Here, the “group” includes not only an atomic group formed by bonding a plurality of atoms but also one atom.
前記多塩基酸としては、例えば、飽和脂肪族多塩基酸、不飽和脂肪族多塩基酸、芳香族多塩基酸等が挙げられ、これらのいずれかに該当するダイマー酸を用いてもよい。 As said polybasic acid and its derivative (s), the polybasic acid normally used as a manufacturing raw material of polyester and its derivative (s) are mentioned.
Examples of the polybasic acid include saturated aliphatic polybasic acids, unsaturated aliphatic polybasic acids, aromatic polybasic acids, and the like, and dimer acids corresponding to any of these may be used.
前記不飽和脂肪族多塩基酸としては、例えば、マレイン酸、フマル酸等の不飽和脂肪族二塩基酸等が挙げられる。
前記芳香族多塩基酸としては、例えば、フタル酸、イソフタル酸、テレフタル酸、2,6-ナフタレンジカルボン酸等の芳香族二塩基酸;トリメリット酸等の芳香族三塩基酸;ピロメリット酸等の芳香族四塩基酸等が挙げられる。 Examples of the saturated aliphatic polybasic acid include saturated aliphatic dibasic acids such as oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, suberic acid, azelaic acid, and sebacic acid. .
Examples of the unsaturated aliphatic polybasic acid include unsaturated aliphatic dibasic acids such as maleic acid and fumaric acid.
Examples of the aromatic polybasic acid include aromatic dibasic acids such as phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, and 2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid; aromatic tribasic acids such as trimellitic acid; pyromellitic acid and the like And aromatic tetrabasic acids.
前記触媒としては、例えば、ジブチルスズオキサイド、オクチル酸第一スズ等のスズ化合物;テトラブチルチタネート、テトラプロピルチタネート等のアルコキシチタン等が挙げられる。 In the esterification reaction for obtaining the polyester type polyol, a known catalyst may be used as necessary.
Examples of the catalyst include tin compounds such as dibutyltin oxide and stannous octylate; alkoxy titanium such as tetrabutyl titanate and tetrapropyl titanate.
ポリカーボネート型ポリオールは、特に限定されないが、例えば、前記式(1)で表される化合物と同様のグリコールと、アルキレンカーボネートと、を反応させて得られたもの等が挙げられる。
ここで、グリコール及びアルキレンカーボネートは、いずれも1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 -Polycarbonate type polyol The polycarbonate type polyol is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those obtained by reacting the same glycol as the compound represented by the formula (1) with an alkylene carbonate.
Here, each of glycol and alkylene carbonate may be used alone or in combination of two or more, and when two or more are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected. .
ポリオール化合物の水酸基価から算出した前記数平均分子量とは、下記式から算出された値である。
[ポリオール化合物の数平均分子量]=[ポリオール化合物の官能基数]×56.11×1000/[ポリオール化合物の水酸基価(単位:mgKOH/g)] The number average molecular weight calculated from the hydroxyl value of the polyol compound is preferably 1000 to 10,000, more preferably 2000 to 9000, and particularly preferably 3000 to 7000. When the number average molecular weight is 1000 or more, excessive generation of urethane bonds is suppressed, and control of the viscoelastic characteristics of the first intermediate layer becomes easier. Moreover, the excessive softening of a 1st intermediate | middle layer is suppressed because the said number average molecular weight is 10,000 or less.
The number average molecular weight calculated from the hydroxyl value of the polyol compound is a value calculated from the following formula.
[Number average molecular weight of polyol compound] = [Number of functional groups of polyol compound] × 56.11 × 1000 / [Hydroxyl value of polyol compound (unit: mgKOH / g)]
ポリオール化合物と反応させる前記多価イソシアネート化合物は、イソシアネート基を2個以上有するものであれば、特に限定されない。
多価イソシアネート化合物は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 (Polyisocyanate compound)
The polyvalent isocyanate compound to be reacted with the polyol compound is not particularly limited as long as it has two or more isocyanate groups.
A polyvalent isocyanate compound may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
これらの中でも、多価イソシアネート化合物は、取り扱い性の点から、イソホロンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート又はキシリレンジイソシアネートであることが好ましい。 Examples of the polyvalent isocyanate compound include chain aliphatic diisocyanates such as tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, and trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate, norbornane diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-4,4′-diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane-2. Cycloaliphatic diisocyanates such as 4,4′-diisocyanate, ω, ω′-diisocyanate dimethylcyclohexane, 4,4′-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, tolylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, tolidine diisocyanate, tetramethylene xylylene diisocyanate, naphthalene-1, And aromatic diisocyanates such as 5-diisocyanate.
Among these, the polyvalent isocyanate compound is preferably isophorone diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate or xylylene diisocyanate from the viewpoint of handleability.
前記末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマーと反応させる、前記(メタ)アクリル系化合物は、1分子中に少なくとも水酸基及び(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物であれば、特に限定されない。
前記(メタ)アクリル系化合物は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 ((Meth) acrylic compound)
The (meth) acrylic compound to be reacted with the terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having at least a hydroxyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group in one molecule.
The said (meth) acrylic-type compound may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
これらの中でも、前記(メタ)アクリル系化合物は、水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルであることが好ましく、水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルであることがより好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルであることが特に好ましい。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic compound include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and 2-hydroxy (meth) acrylate. Butyl, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxycyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 5-hydroxycyclooctyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acrylic acid 2- Hydroxyl-3-phenyloxypropyl, hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate such as pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate; N-methylol (meth) acrylamid Hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylamide and the like; vinyl alcohol, vinyl phenol or bisphenol A diglycidyl ether (meth) reaction products obtained by reacting acrylic acid.
Among these, the (meth) acrylic compound is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, and (meth) acrylic acid 2- Particularly preferred is hydroxyethyl.
例えば、前記ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートの重量平均分子量は、1000~100000であることが好ましく、3000~80000であることがより好ましく、5000~65000であることが特に好ましい。前記重量平均分子量が1000以上であることで、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートと後述する重合性モノマーとの重合物において、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート由来の構造同士の分子間力に起因して、第1中間層の硬さの最適化が容易となる。
なお、本明細書において、重量平均分子量とは、特に断りのない限り、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により測定されるポリスチレン換算値である。 The urethane (meth) acrylate may be an oligomer, a polymer, or a mixture of an oligomer and a polymer, but is preferably an oligomer.
For example, the urethane (meth) acrylate has a weight average molecular weight of preferably from 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 3000 to 80,000, and particularly preferably from 5,000 to 65,000. Due to the intermolecular force between the structures derived from urethane (meth) acrylate in the polymer of urethane (meth) acrylate and a polymerizable monomer described later, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more. Optimization of layer hardness is facilitated.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight is a polystyrene conversion value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)は、製膜性をより向上させる点から、前記ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート以外に、重合性モノマーを含有していてもよい。
前記重合性モノマーは、エネルギー線重合性を有し、重量平均分子量が1000以上であるオリゴマー及びポリマーを除くものであって、1分子中に少なくとも1個の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する化合物であることが好ましい。 [Polymerizable monomer]
The first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain a polymerizable monomer in addition to the urethane (meth) acrylate, from the viewpoint of further improving the film forming property.
The polymerizable monomer is a compound having energy ray polymerizability and excluding oligomers and polymers having a weight average molecular weight of 1000 or more and having at least one (meth) acryloyl group in one molecule. It is preferable.
「1置換アミノ基」及び「2置換アミノ基」における、水素原子が置換される水素原子以外の基(すなわち、置換基)としては、例えば、アルキル基等が挙げられる。 Here, “amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester” means a compound in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms of (meth) acrylic acid ester are substituted with an amino group (—NH 2 ). . Similarly, “monosubstituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester” means a compound in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms of (meth) acrylic acid ester are substituted with a monosubstituted amino group, “Disubstituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester” means a compound in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms of (meth) acrylic acid ester are substituted with a disubstituted amino group.
Examples of the group other than the hydrogen atom in which the hydrogen atom is substituted in the “monosubstituted amino group” and the “disubstituted amino group” (that is, a substituent) include an alkyl group.
前記複素環式基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフルフリル、(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン等が挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group in the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a heterocyclic group may be either an aromatic heterocyclic group or an aliphatic heterocyclic group.
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a heterocyclic group include tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate and (meth) acryloylmorpholine.
第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)は、前記ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート及び重合性モノマー以外に、光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photopolymerization initiator]
The first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain a photopolymerization initiator in addition to the urethane (meth) acrylate and the polymerizable monomer. The first intermediate layer-forming composition (II-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、前記ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート以外の樹脂成分を含有していてもよい。
前記樹脂成分の種類と、その第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)における含有量は、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよく、特に限定されない。 [Resin components other than urethane (meth) acrylate]
The first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain a resin component other than the urethane (meth) acrylate as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
The kind of the resin component and the content in the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and are not particularly limited.
第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
前記その他の添加剤としては、例えば、架橋剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、連鎖移動剤、軟化剤(可塑剤)、充填材、防錆剤、着色剤(顔料、染料)等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。
例えば、前記連鎖移動剤としては、1分子中に少なくとも1個のチオール基(メルカプト基)を有するチオール化合物が挙げられる。 [Other additives]
The first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additives include known crosslinking agents, antistatic agents, antioxidants, chain transfer agents, softeners (plasticizers), fillers, rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), and the like. An additive is mentioned.
For example, the chain transfer agent includes a thiol compound having at least one thiol group (mercapto group) in one molecule.
第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)は、溶媒を含有していてもよい。第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)は、溶媒を含有していることで、塗工対象面への塗工適性が向上する。 [solvent]
The first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) may contain a solvent. Since the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
第1中間層形成用組成物(II-1)等の前記第1中間層形成用組成物は、これを構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。 << Method for Producing First Intermediate Layer Forming Composition >>
The first intermediate layer forming composition such as the first intermediate layer forming composition (II-1) can be obtained by blending the components for constituting the first intermediate layer forming composition.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
前記硬化性樹脂層は、半導体表面のバンプを保護するためのシート状又はフィルム状の層であり、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層及び熱硬化性樹脂層のいずれでもよい。前記硬化性樹脂層は、硬化により第1保護膜を形成する。
前記エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)を含有する。
エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)は、未硬化であることが好ましく、粘着性を有することが好ましく、未硬化でかつ粘着性を有することがより好ましい。ここで、「エネルギー線」及び「エネルギー線硬化性」とは、先に説明したとおりである。
好ましい熱硬化性樹脂層としては、例えば、重合体成分(A)及び熱硬化性成分(B)を含有するものが挙げられる。重合体成分(A)は、重合性化合物が重合反応して形成されたとみなせる成分である。また、熱硬化性成分(B)は、熱を反応のトリガーとして、硬化(重合)反応し得る成分である。なお、本発明において重合反応には、重縮合反応も含まれる。 ○ Curable resin layer The curable resin layer is a sheet-like or film-like layer for protecting bumps on the semiconductor surface, and may be either an energy ray-curable resin layer or a thermosetting resin layer. The curable resin layer forms a first protective film by curing.
The energy beam curable resin layer contains an energy beam curable component (a).
The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky. Here, “energy beam” and “energy beam curability” are as described above.
As a preferable thermosetting resin layer, what contains a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) is mentioned, for example. The polymer component (A) is a component that can be regarded as formed by polymerization reaction of the polymerizable compound. The thermosetting component (B) is a component that can undergo a curing (polymerization) reaction using heat as a reaction trigger. In the present invention, the polymerization reaction includes a polycondensation reaction.
ここで、「硬化性樹脂層の厚さ」とは、硬化性樹脂層全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる硬化性樹脂層の厚さとは、硬化性樹脂層を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the curable resin layer is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 5 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the curable resin layer is equal to or more than the lower limit value, it is possible to form a first protective film with higher protective ability. Moreover, the effect which suppresses bubble inclusion of a 1st protective film becomes higher because the thickness of a curable resin layer is below the said upper limit.
Here, the “thickness of the curable resin layer” means the thickness of the entire curable resin layer. For example, the thickness of the curable resin layer composed of a plurality of layers means all of the curable resin layers. Means the total thickness of the layers.
硬化性樹脂層は、その構成材料に含有する硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層の形成対象面にエネルギー線硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位にエネルギー線硬化性樹脂層を形成できる。エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。ここで、「常温」とは、先に説明したとおりである。 << Curable resin layer forming composition >>
The curable resin layer can be formed using the curable resin layer forming composition contained in the constituent material. For example, the energy ray curable resin layer is formed on the target site by applying the energy ray curable resin layer forming composition to the surface on which the energy ray curable resin layer is to be formed and drying it as necessary. it can. In the composition for forming an energy beam curable resin layer, the ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the energy beam curable resin layer. Here, “normal temperature” is as described above.
エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物としては、例えば、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)を含有するエネルギー線硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)(本明細書においては、単に「樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)」と略記することがある)等が挙げられる。 <Energy ray curable resin layer forming composition (IV-1)>
Examples of the energy ray curable resin layer forming composition include, for example, the energy ray curable resin layer forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray curable component (a) (in this specification, And the like (may be abbreviated as “resin layer forming composition (IV-1)”).
エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)は、エネルギー線の照射によって硬化する成分であり、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層に造膜性や、可撓性等を付与するための成分でもある。
エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)としては、例えば、エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)、及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)が挙げられる。前記重合体(a1)は、その少なくとも一部が架橋剤によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。 [Energy ray curable component (a)]
The energy ray-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays, and is also a component for imparting film forming property, flexibility, and the like to the energy ray-curable resin layer.
Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2000000, and an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80000. A compound (a2) is mentioned. The polymer (a1) may be crosslinked at least partly with a crosslinking agent or may not be crosslinked.
エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)としては、例えば、他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)と、前記官能基と反応する基、及びエネルギー線硬化性二重結合等のエネルギー線硬化性基を有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)と、が反応してなるアクリル系樹脂(a1-1)が挙げられる。 (Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000)
Examples of the polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group of another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) formed by reacting a functional group reactive group and an energy ray curable compound (a12) having an energy ray curable group such as an energy ray curable double bond. .
これらの中でも、前記官能基は、水酸基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom). Group), an epoxy group, and the like. However, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
Among these, the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
前記官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)としては、例えば、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーと、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーと、が共重合してなるものが挙げられ、これらモノマー以外に、さらにアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー(非アクリル系モノマー)が共重合したものであってもよい。
また、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)は、ランダム共重合体であってもよいし、ブロック共重合体であってもよい。 -Acrylic polymer having a functional group (a11)
Examples of the acrylic polymer (a11) having the functional group include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to monomers, monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers) may be copolymerized.
The acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
The said non-acrylic monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer (a11) may be only 1 type, may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)が有する官能基と反応可能な基として、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群より選択される1種又は2種以上を有するものが好ましく、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有するものがより好ましい。前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、例えば、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有する場合、このイソシアネート基が、前記官能基として水酸基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)のこの水酸基と容易に反応する。 Energy beam curable compound (a12)
The energy ray curable compound (a12) is one or two selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group and a carboxy group as a group capable of reacting with the functional group of the acrylic polymer (a11). Those having the above are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the energy beam curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物;
ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ポリオール化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネートであることが好ましい。 Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, meta-isopropenyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1- (bisacryloyloxymethyl). Ethyl isocyanate;
An acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate;
Examples thereof include an acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
Among these, the energy beam curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
ここで、「重量平均分子量」とは、先に説明したとおりである。 The polymer (a1) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1500,000.
Here, the “weight average molecular weight” is as described above.
エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)が有するエネルギー線硬化性基としては、エネルギー線硬化性二重結合を含む基が挙げられ、好ましいものとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基等が挙げられる。 (Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000)
Examples of the energy ray curable group having the energy ray curable group and the compound (a2) having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 include a group containing an energy ray curable double bond. Preferred examples include (meth) An acryloyl group, a vinyl group, etc. are mentioned.
前記アクリレート系化合物としては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルメタクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロポキシ化エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、9,9-ビス[4-(2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレン、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル]プロパン、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-1,3-ジ(メタ)アクリロキシプロパン等の2官能(メタ)アクリレート;
トリス(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、エトキシ化グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールポリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等の多官能(メタ)アクリレート;
ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等の多官能(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。 Among the compounds (a2), examples of the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and an acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the acrylate compound include 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, and 2,2-bis [4 -((Meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- (meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di (meth) acrylate, 1 , 10-decanediol di (meth) acrylate 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) ) Acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acrylic) Bifunctional (such as loxyethoxy) phenyl] propane, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-1,3-di (meth) acryloxypropane Data) acrylate;
Tris (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylated glycerin tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa ( Polyfunctional (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate;
Examples include polyfunctional (meth) acrylate oligomers such as urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers.
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)及びエネルギー線硬化性樹脂層は、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)として前記化合物(a2)を含有する場合、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)も含有することが好ましい。
前記重合体(b)は、その少なくとも一部が架橋剤によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。 [Polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group]
When the resin layer-forming composition (IV-1) and the energy beam curable resin layer contain the compound (a2) as the energy beam curable component (a), the resin layer-forming composition (IV-1) and the energy beam curable resin layer further have no energy beam curable group. It is preferable to also contain a coalescence (b).
The polymer (b) may be crosslinked at least partially by a crosslinking agent, or may not be crosslinked.
これらの中でも、前記重合体(b)は、アクリル系重合体(以下、「アクリル系重合体(b-1)」と略記することがある)であることが好ましい。 Examples of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber resins, and acrylic urethane resins.
Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アラルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルオキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate;
(Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester;
Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyloxyethyl ester.
前記水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等が挙げられる。
前記置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸N-メチルアミノエチル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester include glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and 3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate. Examples include propyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
前記反応性官能基は、架橋剤の種類等に応じて適宜選択すればよく、特に限定されない。例えば、架橋剤がポリイソシアネート化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、イソシアネート基との反応性が高い水酸基が好ましい。また、架橋剤がエポキシ系化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基等が挙げられ、これらの中でもエポキシ基との反応性が高いカルボキシ基が好ましい。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップの回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記反応性官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the polymer (b) that is at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent and does not have an energy ray-curable group include those in which a reactive functional group in the polymer (b) has reacted with a crosslinking agent. Can be mentioned.
The reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent and the like, and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent is a polyisocyanate compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. Among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group is preferable. In addition, when the crosslinking agent is an epoxy compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amide group, and the like. Among these, a carboxy group having high reactivity with an epoxy group is preferable. . However, the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)及び硬化性樹脂層は、熱硬化性成分(B)を含有していてもよい。硬化性樹脂層が熱硬化性成分(B)を含有することにより、熱硬化性成分(B)は、加熱によって硬化性樹脂層を硬化させて、硬質の第1保護膜を形成する。
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)及び硬化性樹脂層が含有する熱硬化性成分(B)の説明は、樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)が含有する熱硬化性成分(B)の説明と同様である。 [Thermosetting component (B)]
The resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a thermosetting component (B). When the curable resin layer contains the thermosetting component (B), the thermosetting component (B) cures the curable resin layer by heating to form a hard first protective film.
Description of the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the thermosetting component (B) contained in the curable resin layer is as follows. ).
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)は、光重合開始剤(H)を含有していてもよい。 [Photopolymerization initiator (H)]
The resin layer forming composition (IV-1) may contain a photopolymerization initiator (H).
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)及び硬化性樹脂層は、充填材(D)を含有していてもよい。硬化性樹脂層が充填材(D)を含有することにより、硬化性樹脂層を硬化して得られた第1保護膜は、熱膨張係数の調整が容易となり、この熱膨張係数を第1保護膜の形成対象物に対して最適化することで、第1保護膜形成用シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。また、硬化性樹脂層が充填材(D)を含有することにより、第1保護膜の吸湿率を低減したり、放熱性を向上させたりすることもできる。 [Filler (D)]
The resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a filler (D). When the curable resin layer contains the filler (D), the first protective film obtained by curing the curable resin layer can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient. By optimizing the film formation target, the reliability of the package obtained using the first protective film forming sheet is further improved. Moreover, the moisture absorption rate of a 1st protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because a curable resin layer contains a filler (D).
好ましい無機充填材としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、タルク、炭酸カルシウム、チタンホワイト、ベンガラ、炭化ケイ素、窒化ホウ素等の粉末;これら無機充填材を球形化したビーズ;これら無機充填材の表面改質品;これら無機充填材の単結晶繊維;ガラス繊維等が挙げられる。
これらの中でも、無機充填材は、シリカ又はアルミナであることが好ましい。 The filler (D) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)及び硬化性樹脂層は、カップリング剤(E)を含有していてもよい。カップリング剤(E)として、無機化合物又は有機化合物と反応可能な官能基を有するものを用いることにより、硬化性樹脂層の被着体に対する接着性及び密着性を向上させることができる。また、カップリング剤(E)を用いることで、硬化性樹脂層を硬化して得られた第1保護膜は、耐熱性を損なうことなく、耐水性が向上する。 [Coupling agent (E)]
The resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a coupling agent (E). By using a coupling agent (E) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the curable resin layer to the adherend can be improved. Moreover, water resistance improves the 1st protective film obtained by hardening | curing a curable resin layer by using a coupling agent (E), without impairing heat resistance.
好ましい前記シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシメチルジエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-(フェニルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アニリノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、ビス(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)テトラスルファン、メチルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリアセトキシシラン、イミダゾールシラン等が挙げられる。 The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the energy beam curable component (a) and the like, and more preferably a silane coupling agent.
Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropi Examples include trimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetoxysilane, and imidazolesilane. It is done.
また、カップリング剤(E)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、アウトガスの発生がより抑制される。 When the coupling agent (E) is used, the content of the coupling agent (E) in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer is such that the energy ray curable component (a), the polymer It is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the component (A) and the thermosetting component (B). The amount is particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the coupling agent (E) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin is improved, the adhesiveness of the curable resin layer to the adherend is improved, and the like. The effect of using the coupling agent (E) can be obtained more remarkably.
Moreover, generation | occurrence | production of an outgas is suppressed more because the said content of a coupling agent (E) is below the said upper limit.
エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)として、上述のアクリル系樹脂等の、他の化合物と結合可能なビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、アミノ基、水酸基、カルボキシ基、イソシアネート基等の官能基を有するものを用いる場合、樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)及び硬化性樹脂層は、前記官能基を他の化合物と結合させて架橋するための架橋剤(F)を含有していてもよい。架橋剤(F)を用いて架橋することにより、硬化性樹脂層の初期接着力及び凝集力を調節できる。 [Crosslinking agent (F)]
As energy ray-curable component (a), it has a functional group such as vinyl group, (meth) acryloyl group, amino group, hydroxyl group, carboxy group, isocyanate group, etc. that can be combined with other compounds such as the above-mentioned acrylic resin. In the case of using one, the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a crosslinking agent (F) for bonding the functional group with another compound to crosslink. . By crosslinking using the crosslinking agent (F), the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the curable resin layer can be adjusted.
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)及び硬化性樹脂層は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、汎用添加剤(I)を含有していてもよい。
汎用添加剤(I)は、公知のものでよく、目的に応じて任意に選択でき、特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、可塑剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、着色剤(染料、顔料)、ゲッタリング剤等が挙げられる。 [General-purpose additive (I)]
The resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the curable resin layer may contain a general-purpose additive (I) within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
The general-purpose additive (I) may be a known one, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose. The general-purpose additive (I) is not particularly limited, but preferred examples thereof include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, and a colorant (dye Pigments), gettering agents and the like.
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)及び硬化性樹脂層の汎用添加剤(I)の含有量は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 The resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the general-purpose additive (I) contained in the curable resin layer may be only one type, two or more types, and combinations of two or more types. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
The contents of the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the general-purpose additive (I) in the curable resin layer are not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose.
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)は、さらに溶媒を含有することが好ましい。溶媒を含有する樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)は、取り扱い性が良好となる。
前記溶媒は特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の炭化水素;メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、イソブチルアルコール(2-メチルプロパン-1-オール)、1-ブタノール等のアルコール;酢酸エチル等のエステル;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン;テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル;ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等のアミド(アミド結合を有する化合物)等が挙げられる。
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [solvent]
The resin layer forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The resin layer forming composition (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
The solvent is not particularly limited. Preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol. Esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
The solvent contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)における前記熱硬化性成分、光重合開始剤、充填材、カップリング剤、架橋剤及び汎用添加剤の含有量は、目的に応じて適宜調節すればよく、特に限定されない。 In the resin layer forming composition (IV-1), each of the thermosetting component, photopolymerization initiator, filler, coupling agent, crosslinking agent and general-purpose additive may be used alone. And when 2 or more types may be used together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
The contents of the thermosetting component, photopolymerization initiator, filler, coupling agent, crosslinking agent and general-purpose additive in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. There is no particular limitation.
熱硬化性樹脂層は、その構成材料を含有する熱硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、熱硬化性樹脂層の形成対象面に熱硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に熱硬化性樹脂層を形成できる。熱硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、熱硬化性樹脂層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。ここで、「常温」とは、先に説明したとおりである。 << Composition for forming thermosetting resin layer >>
A thermosetting resin layer can be formed using the composition for thermosetting resin layer formation containing the constituent material. For example, a thermosetting resin layer can be formed at a target site by applying a thermosetting resin layer forming composition to the surface on which the thermosetting resin layer is to be formed and drying it as necessary. In the composition for forming a thermosetting resin layer, the ratio of the contents of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the ratio of the contents of the components of the thermosetting resin layer. Here, “normal temperature” is as described above.
熱硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物としては、例えば、重合体成分(A)及び熱硬化性成分(B)を含有する熱硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)(本明細書においては、単に「樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)」と略記することがある)等が挙げられる。 <Thermosetting resin layer forming composition (III-1)>
Examples of the thermosetting resin layer forming composition include a thermosetting resin layer forming composition (III-1) containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) (in the present specification, May be simply abbreviated as “resin layer forming composition (III-1)”).
重合体成分(A)は、熱硬化性樹脂層に造膜性や可撓性等を付与するための重合体化合物である。
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層が含有する重合体成分(A)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Polymer component (A)]
The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film-forming properties, flexibility and the like to the thermosetting resin layer.
The polymer component (A) contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
アクリル系樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、10000~2000000であることが好ましく、100000~1500000であることがより好ましい。アクリル系樹脂の重量平均分子量が前記下限値以上であることで、熱硬化性樹脂層の形状安定性(保管時の経時安定性)が向上する。また、アクリル系樹脂の重量平均分子量が前記上限値以下であることで、被着体の凹凸面へ熱硬化性樹脂層が追従し易くなり、被着体と熱硬化性樹脂層との間でボイド等の発生がより抑制される。 As said acrylic resin in a polymer component (A), a well-known acrylic polymer is mentioned.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 100,000 to 1500,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is not less than the lower limit, the shape stability of the thermosetting resin layer (time stability during storage) is improved. In addition, since the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is equal to or less than the upper limit value, the thermosetting resin layer easily follows the uneven surface of the adherend, and between the adherend and the thermosetting resin layer. Generation of voids and the like is further suppressed.
(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンタニル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アラルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルオキシアルキルエステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸イミド;
(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジル等のグリシジル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;
(メタ)アクリル酸N-メチルアミノエチル等の置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等が挙げられる。ここで、「置換アミノ基」とは、アミノ基の1個又は2個の水素原子が水素原子以外の基で置換されてなる基を意味する。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester constituting the acrylic resin include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) N-butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Heptyl acid, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate , Undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate ((meth) acrylic acid (Uril), tridecyl (meth) acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), (meth) (Meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester, such as heptadecyl acrylate and octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), is a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid isobornyl, (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentanyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyloxyethyl ester;
(Meth) acrylic imide;
Glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester such as (meth) acrylic acid glycidyl;
Hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, (meta ) Hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters such as 3-hydroxybutyl acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate;
Examples thereof include substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters such as N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate. Here, the “substituted amino group” means a group formed by replacing one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group with a group other than a hydrogen atom.
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層は、熱硬化性成分(B)を含有する。熱硬化性樹脂層が熱硬化性成分(B)を含有することにより、熱硬化性成分(B)は、加熱によって熱硬化性樹脂層を硬化させて、硬質の第1保護膜を形成する。
樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層が含有する熱硬化性成分(B)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Thermosetting component (B)]
The resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer contain a thermosetting component (B). When the thermosetting resin layer contains the thermosetting component (B), the thermosetting component (B) cures the thermosetting resin layer by heating to form a hard first protective film.
The thermosetting component (B) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may be only one type, two or more types, or two or more types. These combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂(B1)及び熱硬化剤(B2)からなる。
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層が含有するエポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 (Epoxy thermosetting resin)
The epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2).
The epoxy-type thermosetting resin contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
エポキシ樹脂(B1)としては、公知のものが挙げられ、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル化合物、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル及びその水添物、オルソクレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェニレン骨格型エポキシ樹脂等、2官能以上のエポキシ化合物が挙げられる。 ・ Epoxy resin (B1)
Examples of the epoxy resin (B1) include known ones such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, orthocresol novolac epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, Biphenyl type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins, and the like, and bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds are listed.
また、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂を構成する芳香環等に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合した化合物等が挙げられる。
不飽和炭化水素基は、重合性を有する不飽和基であり、その具体的な例としては、エテニル基(ビニル基)、2-プロペニル基(アリル基)、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基等が挙げられ、アクリロイル基が好ましい。 Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.
Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple | bonded with the aromatic ring etc. which comprise an epoxy resin are mentioned, for example.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) An acrylamide group etc. are mentioned, An acryloyl group is preferable.
本明細書において、「数平均分子量」は、特に断らない限り、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法によって測定される標準ポリスチレン換算の値で表される数平均分子量を意味する。
エポキシ樹脂(B1)のエポキシ当量は、100~1000g/eqであることが好ましく、300~800g/eqであることがより好ましい。
本明細書において、「エポキシ当量」とは1グラム当量のエポキシ基を含むエポキシ化合物のグラム数(g/eq)を意味し、JIS K 7236:2001の方法に従って測定することができる。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30000 in view of curability of the thermosetting resin layer and strength and heat resistance of the first protective film after curing. 400 to 10,000 is more preferable, and 500 to 3000 is particularly preferable.
In the present specification, the “number average molecular weight” means a number average molecular weight represented by a standard polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 300 to 800 g / eq.
In the present specification, the “epoxy equivalent” means the number of grams (g / eq) of an epoxy compound containing 1 gram equivalent of an epoxy group, and can be measured according to the method of JIS K 7236: 2001.
熱硬化剤(B2)は、エポキシ樹脂(B1)に対する硬化剤として機能する。
熱硬化剤(B2)としては、例えば、1分子中にエポキシ基と反応し得る官能基を2個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。前記官能基としては、例えば、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、酸基が無水物化された基等が挙げられ、フェノール性水酸基、アミノ基、又は酸基が無水物化された基であることが好ましく、フェノール性水酸基又はアミノ基であることがより好ましい。 ・ Thermosetting agent (B2)
The thermosetting agent (B2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (B1).
As a thermosetting agent (B2), the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a group in which an acid group has been anhydrideized, and the like, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or an acid group has been anhydrideized. It is preferably a group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
熱硬化剤(B2)のうち、アミノ基を有するアミン系硬化剤としては、例えば、ジシアンジアミド(以下、「DICY」と略記することがある)等が挙げられる。 Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resins, and aralkylphenolic resins.
Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
不飽和炭化水素基を有する熱硬化剤(B2)としては、例えば、フェノール樹脂の水酸基の一部が、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基で置換されてなる化合物、フェノール樹脂の芳香環に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合してなる化合物等が挙げられる。
熱硬化剤(B2)における前記不飽和炭化水素基は、上述の不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂における不飽和炭化水素基と同様のものである。 The thermosetting agent (B2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
Examples of the thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and the aromatic ring of the phenol resin. Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (B2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having the unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
熱硬化剤(B2)のうち、例えば、ビフェノール、ジシアンジアミド等の非樹脂成分の分子量は、特に限定されないが、例えば、60~500であることが好ましい。 Of the thermosetting agent (B2), for example, the number average molecular weight of the resin component such as polyfunctional phenolic resin, novolac-type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resin, aralkylphenolic resin is preferably 300 to 30000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
Among the thermosetting agents (B2), for example, the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層は、硬化促進剤(C)を含有していてもよい。硬化促進剤(C)は、樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)の硬化速度を調整するための成分である。
好ましい硬化促進剤(C)としては、例えば、トリエチレンジアミン、ベンジルジメチルアミン、トリエタノールアミン、ジメチルアミノエタノール、トリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール等の第3級アミン;2-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4,5-ジヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール、2-フェニル-4-メチル-5-ヒドロキシメチルイミダゾール等のイミダゾール類(1個以上の水素原子が水素原子以外の基で置換されたイミダゾール);トリブチルホスフィン、ジフェニルホスフィン、トリフェニルホスフィン等の有機ホスフィン類(1個以上の水素原子が有機基で置換されたホスフィン);テトラフェニルホスホニウムテトラフェニルボレート、トリフェニルホスフィンテトラフェニルボレート等のテトラフェニルボロン塩等が挙げられる。 [Curing accelerator (C)]
The resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a curing accelerator (C). The curing accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the curing rate of the resin layer forming composition (III-1).
Preferred curing accelerators (C) include, for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole Imidazoles such as 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5-hydroxymethylimidazole (one or more hydrogen atoms are other than hydrogen atoms) An imidazole substituted with a group of; an organic phosphine such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, triphenylphosphine (a phosphine having one or more hydrogen atoms substituted with an organic group); tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate Tetraphenyl boron salts such as triphenyl phosphine tetraphenyl borate and the like.
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層は、充填材(D)を含有していてもよい。熱硬化性樹脂層が充填材(D)を含有することにより、熱硬化性樹脂層を硬化して得られた第1保護膜は、熱膨張係数の調整が容易となり、この熱膨張係数を第1保護膜の形成対象物に対して最適化することで、第1保護膜形成用シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。また、熱硬化性樹脂層が充填材(D)を含有することにより、第1保護膜の吸湿率を低減することもできる。
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層が含有する充填材(D)の説明は、樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する充填材(D)の説明と同様である。 [Filler (D)]
The resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a filler (D). When the thermosetting resin layer contains the filler (D), the first protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting resin layer can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient. By optimizing with respect to the object for forming one protective film, the reliability of the package obtained using the first protective film forming sheet is further improved. Moreover, the moisture absorption rate of a 1st protective film can also be reduced because a thermosetting resin layer contains a filler (D).
The description of the filler (D) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) is the explanation of the filler (D) contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer. It is the same.
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層は、カップリング剤(E)を含有していてもよい。カップリング剤(E)として、無機化合物又は有機化合物と反応可能な官能基を有するものを用いることにより、熱硬化性樹脂層の被着体に対する接着性及び密着性を向上させることができる。また、カップリング剤(E)を用いることで、熱硬化性樹脂層を硬化して得られた第1保護膜は、耐熱性を損なうことなく、耐水性が向上する。
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層が含有するカップリング剤(E)の説明は、樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有するカップリング剤(E)の説明と同様である。 [Coupling agent (E)]
The resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a coupling agent (E). By using a coupling agent (E) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the thermosetting resin layer to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (E), the first protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting resin layer has improved water resistance without impairing heat resistance.
Description of the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the coupling agent (E) contained in the thermosetting resin layer are as follows: Coupling agent (E) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) It is the same as that of description.
重合体成分(A)として、上述のアクリル系樹脂等の、他の化合物と結合可能なビニル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、アミノ基、水酸基、カルボキシ基、イソシアネート基等の官能基を有するものを用いる場合、樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層は、前記官能基を他の化合物と結合させて架橋するための架橋剤(F)を含有していてもよい。架橋剤(F)を用いて架橋することにより、熱硬化性樹脂層の初期接着力及び凝集力を調節できる。
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層が含有する架橋剤(F)の説明は、樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する架橋剤(F)の説明と同様である。 [Crosslinking agent (F)]
As the polymer component (A), those having functional groups such as vinyl group, (meth) acryloyl group, amino group, hydroxyl group, carboxy group, isocyanate group and the like that can be bonded to other compounds such as the above-mentioned acrylic resin. When used, the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a crosslinking agent (F) for bonding the functional group with another compound to crosslink. By crosslinking using the crosslinking agent (F), the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the thermosetting resin layer can be adjusted.
The description of the crosslinking agent (F) contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1) is the explanation of the crosslinking agent (F) contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer. It is the same.
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層は、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)を含有していてもよい。熱硬化性樹脂層は、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)を含有していることにより、エネルギー線の照射によって、熱硬化性樹脂層を硬化させて、第1保護膜を形成するための成分である。 [Energy ray curable resin (G)]
The resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain an energy ray curable resin (G). The thermosetting resin layer is a component for forming the first protective film by containing the energy ray curable resin (G) and curing the thermosetting resin layer by irradiation with energy rays. is there.
前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、例えば、分子内に少なくとも1個の重合性二重結合を有する化合物が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するアクリレート系化合物が好ましい。 The energy beam curable resin (G) is obtained by polymerizing (curing) an energy beam curable compound.
Examples of the energy ray curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, and acrylate compounds having a (meth) acryloyl group are preferable.
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層は、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)を含有する場合、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂(G)の重合反応を効率よく進めるために、光重合開始剤(H)を含有していてもよい。
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層における前記光重合開始剤(H)としては、第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。 [Photopolymerization initiator (H)]
When the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer contain the energy beam curable resin (G), in order to efficiently advance the polymerization reaction of the energy beam curable resin (G), A photopolymerization initiator (H) may be contained.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It is done.
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、汎用添加剤(I)を含有していてもよい。
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)及び熱硬化性樹脂層が含有する汎用添加剤(I)の説明は、樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する汎用添加剤(I)の説明と同様である。 [General-purpose additive (I)]
The resin layer forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting resin layer may contain a general-purpose additive (I) as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Description of resin layer forming composition (III-1) and general-purpose additive (I) contained in thermosetting resin layer is as follows. General-purpose additive (I) contained in resin layer-forming composition (IV-1) It is the same as that of description.
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)は、さらに溶媒を含有することが好ましい。溶媒を含有する樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)は、取り扱い性が良好となる。
樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)が含有する溶媒の説明は、樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する溶媒の説明と同様である。 [solvent]
The resin layer forming composition (III-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The resin layer forming composition (III-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
The explanation of the solvent contained in the resin layer forming composition (III-1) is the same as the explanation of the solvent contained in the resin layer forming composition (IV-1).
熱硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物(III-1)、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)等の硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物は、これを構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。 << Method for producing curable resin layer forming composition >>
The curable resin layer-forming composition such as the thermosetting resin layer-forming composition (III-1) and the energy ray-curable resin layer-forming composition (IV-1) has the components It is obtained by blending.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
前記第1保護膜形成用シートは、上述の各層を対応する位置関係となるように順次積層することで製造できる。各層の形成方法は、先に説明したとおりである。
例えば、第1保護膜形成用シートを製造するときに、第1基材上に第1粘着剤層又は第1中間層を積層する場合には、第1基材上に上述の第1粘着剤組成物又は第1中間層形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させるか、又はエネルギー線を照射することで、第1粘着剤層又は第1中間層を積層できる。 ◇ Method for Producing First Protective Film Forming Sheet The first protective film forming sheet can be produced by sequentially laminating the above-described layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship. The method for forming each layer is as described above.
For example, when the first protective film forming sheet is produced, when the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the first intermediate layer is laminated on the first base material, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive described above is formed on the first base material. A 1st adhesive layer or a 1st intermediate | middle layer can be laminated | stacked by apply | coating a composition or the composition for 1st intermediate | middle layer formation, making it dry as needed, or irradiating an energy ray.
また、例えば、第1基材上に第1中間層が積層され、前記第1中間層上に第1粘着剤層が積層されてなる第1支持シートを製造する場合には、第1基材上に第1中間層形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させるか、又はエネルギー線を照射することで、第1基材上に第1中間層を積層しておき、別途、剥離フィルム上に第1粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に第1粘着剤層を形成しておき、この第1粘着剤層の露出面を、第1基材上に積層済みの第1中間層の露出面と貼り合わせて、第1粘着剤層を第1中間層上に積層することで、第1支持シートが得られる。この場合、例えば、さらに別途、剥離フィルム上に硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に硬化性樹脂層を形成しておき、この硬化性樹脂層の露出面を、第1中間層上に積層済みの第1粘着剤層の露出面と貼り合わせて、硬化性樹脂層を第1粘着剤層上に積層することで、第1保護膜形成用シートが得られる。 For example, a first protective film-forming sheet (a first base material and a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) formed by laminating a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on a first base material and laminating a curable resin layer on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In the case of producing a first protective film-forming sheet that is a laminate of the agent layer), the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied on the first base material, and dried as necessary, so that the first The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the base material, and the curable resin layer-forming composition is separately coated on the release film and dried as necessary, whereby the curable resin is applied on the release film. A layer is formed, and the exposed surface of the curable resin layer is bonded to the exposed surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer laminated on the first base material so that the curable resin layer is placed on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. By laminating, a first protective film forming sheet is obtained.
For example, in the case of producing a first support sheet in which a first intermediate layer is laminated on a first substrate and a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the first intermediate layer, the first substrate The first intermediate layer-forming composition is applied on the top and dried as necessary, or by irradiating energy rays, so that the first intermediate layer is laminated on the first base material, By applying the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition on the release film and drying it as necessary, a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film, and the exposed surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is A first support sheet is obtained by laminating the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the first intermediate layer by laminating the exposed surface of the first intermediate layer already laminated on the first base material. In this case, for example, a curable resin layer forming composition is further formed on the release film by separately applying a curable resin layer-forming composition on the release film and drying as necessary. The first protective layer is formed by laminating the exposed surface of the curable resin layer with the exposed surface of the first adhesive layer laminated on the first intermediate layer and laminating the curable resin layer on the first adhesive layer. A film forming sheet is obtained.
いずれの方法においても、剥離フィルムは目的とする積層構造を形成後の任意のタイミングで取り除けばよい。 In addition, when laminating | stacking a 1st adhesive layer or a 1st intermediate | middle layer on a 1st base material, as above-mentioned, a 1st adhesive composition or a composition for 1st intermediate | middle layer formation on a 1st base material Instead of the method of applying the product, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition or the first intermediate layer-forming composition is applied on the release film, and is dried or irradiated with energy rays as necessary. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the first intermediate layer is formed on the release film, and the exposed surface of these layers is bonded to one surface of the first base material, whereby the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer or the first intermediate layer is bonded. An intermediate layer may be laminated on the first substrate.
In any method, the release film may be removed at an arbitrary timing after the target laminated structure is formed.
・重合体成分
重合体成分(A)-1:アクリル酸ブチル(以下、「BA」と略記する)(10質量部)、アクリル酸メチル(以下、「MA」と略記する)(70質量部)、メタクリル酸グリシジル(以下、「GMA」と略記する)(5質量部)、アクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル(以下、「HEA」と略記する)(15質量部)を共重合してなる重量平均分子量400,000、ガラス転移温度-1℃のアクリル系樹脂。 The components used for the production of the energy ray curable resin layer forming composition (UV curable resin layer forming composition) are shown below.
Polymer component Polymer component (A) -1: butyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “BA”) (10 parts by mass), methyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “MA”) (70 parts by mass) Glycidyl methacrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “GMA”) (5 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “HEA”) (15 parts by mass) An acrylic resin having a molecular weight of 400,000 and a glass transition temperature of -1 ° C.
充填材(G)-1:エポキシ基で修飾された球状シリカ(500nm)(アドマテックス社製「SC2050-MA」)
・エネルギー線硬化性化合物
エネルギー線硬化性化合物(I)-1:トリシクロデカンジメチロールジアクリレート(日本化薬社製「KAYARAD R-684」、2官能紫外線硬化性化合物、分子量304)
エネルギー線硬化性化合物(I)-2:ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート(新中村化学工業(株)製A-9300CI-1)
・光重合開始剤
光重合開始剤(J)-1:1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン(BASF社製「IRGACURE 184」) Filler Filler (G) -1: Spherical silica modified with an epoxy group (500 nm) (“Advertex Corporation SC2050-MA”)
Energy ray curable compound Energy ray curable compound (I) -1: Tricyclodecane dimethylol diacrylate (“KAYARAD R-684”, bifunctional ultraviolet curable compound, molecular weight 304, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Energy ray curable compound (I) -2: ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2-acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate (A-9300CI-1 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
Photopolymerization initiator Photopolymerization initiator (J) -1: 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone (“IRGACURE 184” manufactured by BASF)
<第1保護膜形成用シートの製造>
(エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物の製造)
重合体成分(A)-1(100質量部)、充填材(G)-1(290質量部)、エネルギー線硬化性化合物(I)-1(53質量部)、エネルギー線硬化性化合物(I)-2(53質量部)、及び光重合開始剤(J)-1(3質量部)を、メチルエチルケトンに溶解させて、23℃で撹拌することで、UV硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物として、固形分濃度が50質量%である樹脂層形成用組成物(IV-1)(メチルエチルケトン溶液)を得た。 [Example 1]
<Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film>
(Manufacture of composition for forming energy ray curable resin layer)
Polymer component (A) -1 (100 parts by mass), filler (G) -1 (290 parts by mass), energy beam curable compound (I) -1 (53 parts by mass), energy beam curable compound (I ) -2 (53 parts by mass) and a photopolymerization initiator (J) -1 (3 parts by mass) are dissolved in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain a composition for forming a UV curable resin layer. A resin layer forming composition (IV-1) (methyl ethyl ketone solution) having a solid content concentration of 50% by mass was obtained.
上記で得られた重合体成分(A)-2「2EHA(MOI)」(100質量部)に対して、トリメチロールプロパンのトリレンジイソシアネート三量体付加物(以下、「TDI-TMP」と略記する)「コロネートL」(東ソー社製)(0.5質量部)を加えて、溶媒として酢酸エチルで固形分濃度が30%となるように調整し、23℃で撹拌することで第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)を得た。 (Production of first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)
Trimethylolpropane tolylene diisocyanate trimer adduct (hereinafter abbreviated as “TDI-TMP”) with respect to the polymer component (A) -2 “2EHA (MOI)” (100 parts by mass) obtained above. "Coronate L" (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) (0.5 parts by mass) is added, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent, and the first adhesive is obtained by stirring at 23 ° C. Agent composition (I-1) was obtained.
ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた第1粘着剤組成物を塗工し、110℃で1分間加熱乾燥させることにより、厚さ30μmの第1粘着剤層を形成した。このような、剥離フィルム上に厚さ30μmの第1粘着剤層を積層した粘着シートを2枚作製した。
次いで、一方の前記粘着シートについて、その第1粘着剤層の露出面に、第1基材として、ポリオレフィンフィルム(厚さ25μm)、接着剤層(厚さ2.5μm)、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(厚さ50μm)、接着剤層(厚さ2.5μm)及びポリオレフィンフィルム(厚さ25μm)がこの順に積層されてなる、厚さ105μmの積層フィルムを貼り合せることにより、前記剥離フィルム、第1粘着剤層及び前記積層フィルムがこの順に積層されてなる積層物を得た。
さらに、この積層物から前記剥離フィルムを取り除き、露出した第1粘着剤層に、上記で得られた他方の前記粘着シートの第1粘着剤層を貼り合わせることにより、厚さ105μmの前記第1基材上に、厚さ60μmの2層構造の第1粘着剤層が設けられた第1支持シートを得た。 (Manufacture of first support sheet)
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition obtained above is applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 30 μm was formed by heating and drying at 110 ° C. for 1 minute. Two such pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets in which a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 30 μm was laminated on a release film were prepared.
Next, for one of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets, on the exposed surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a polyolefin film (thickness 25 μm), an adhesive layer (thickness 2.5 μm), a polyethylene terephthalate film (thickness) 50 μm), an adhesive layer (thickness 2.5 μm), and a polyolefin film (thickness 25 μm) are laminated in this order. A laminate in which the layers and the laminated film were laminated in this order was obtained.
Further, the release film is removed from the laminate, and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the other pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet obtained above is bonded to the exposed first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, whereby the first adhesive having a thickness of 105 μm. A first support sheet in which a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a two-layer structure having a thickness of 60 μm was provided on a substrate was obtained.
ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られたエネルギー線硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物を塗工し、100℃で2分間乾燥させることにより、剥離フィルム上に厚さ40μmのエネルギー線硬化性樹脂フィルム(エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層)を形成した。このような、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂フィルムを2枚作製した。 (Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film)
For forming the energy ray-curable resin layer obtained above on the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment The composition was applied and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to form an energy ray curable resin film (energy ray curable resin layer) having a thickness of 40 μm on the release film. Two such energy ray-curable resin films were produced.
さらに、この積層フィルムから前記剥離フィルムを取り除き、露出したエネルギー線硬化性樹脂層に、上記で得られた他方のエネルギー線硬化性樹脂フィルムを貼り合わせることにより、第1基材(厚さ105μm)、第1粘着剤層(厚さ60μm)、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂フィルム(すなわちエネルギー線硬化性樹脂層、厚さ80μm)及び剥離フィルムが、これらの厚さ方向においてこの順に積層されてなる第1保護膜形成用シートを得た。 Next, the release film is removed from the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the first support sheet obtained above, and the exposed surface of the one energy ray-curable resin film obtained above is exposed on the exposed surface of the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Were laminated to obtain a laminated film in which the first base material, the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the energy ray curable resin layer (thickness 40 μm) and the release film were laminated in this order in the thickness direction.
Furthermore, the first substrate (thickness: 105 μm) is obtained by removing the release film from the laminated film and bonding the other energy ray-curable resin film obtained above to the exposed energy ray-curable resin layer. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (thickness 60 μm), the energy ray curable resin film (that is, the energy ray curable resin layer, thickness 80 μm) and the release film are laminated in this order in the thickness direction. A protective film-forming sheet was obtained.
(1)次のバンプチップを準備した。
Chip Thickness・・・250μm
Chip Size・・・6.0mm×6.0mm
Bump height・・・200μm
Bump pitch・・・400μm
Electrode・・・Solder Bump SAC305
(2)このバンプチップをラミネート装置(RAD-3510(リンテック(株)製))に載せ、上記で得られた第1保護膜形成用シートの剥離フィルムを剥がして、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層の側を、次の条件でバンプチップにラミネートさせた。
ステージ温度・・・70℃
ステージ高さ・・・-250μm
ローラー温度・・・常温
ローラー圧力・・・0.5MPa
ローラー速度・・・2mm/sec
(3)ラミネート後、バンプチップを取り出し、バンプチップが常温に戻ってから(約5分程度後)、RAD-2000m/8にて照度230mW/cm2、光量760mJ/cm2条件でUVを照射した。
(4)バンプチップが常温に戻ってから、バンプチップから第1支持シートを剥がした。
(5)第1保護膜付バンプチップを第1保護膜貼付面を上向きになるようにSEM測定試料用のサンプル台にセットした。
(6)SEM(キーエンス社製 VE-9700)にて第1保護膜が貼られたバンプチップを、第1保護膜に対して垂直方向から観察した。
回路面には第1保護膜が残り、ハンダボールのバンプ頂部には第1保護膜は残っておらず、露出特性は良好であることが確認できた。 <Evaluation of bump top exposure characteristics>
(1) The following bump chip was prepared.
Chip Thickness ... 250μm
Chip Size… 6.0mm × 6.0mm
Bump height ・ ・ ・ 200μm
Bump pitch ・ ・ ・ 400μm
Electrode ... Solder Bump SAC305
(2) This bump chip is placed on a laminating apparatus (RAD-3510 (manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd.)), and the release film of the first protective film forming sheet obtained above is peeled off to form an energy beam curable resin layer. The side was laminated to the bump chip under the following conditions.
Stage temperature: 70 ° C
Stage height: -250μm
Roller temperature ・ ・ ・ Normal temperature Roller pressure ・ ・ ・ 0.5MPa
Roller speed: 2mm / sec
(3) After lamination, the bump chip is taken out, and after the bump chip returns to room temperature (about 5 minutes later), UV irradiation is performed at RAD-2000 m / 8 under an illuminance of 230 mW / cm 2 and a light quantity of 760 mJ / cm 2. did.
(4) After the bump chip returned to room temperature, the first support sheet was peeled off from the bump chip.
(5) The bump chip with the first protective film was set on the sample stage for the SEM measurement sample so that the first protective film application surface was facing upward.
(6) The bump chip on which the first protective film was attached was observed from the direction perpendicular to the first protective film with SEM (VE-9700 manufactured by Keyence Corporation).
The first protective film remained on the circuit surface, and the first protective film did not remain on the bump tops of the solder balls, confirming that the exposure characteristics were good.
・硬化性樹脂層と第1粘着剤層との層間剥離力(1)
第1粘着剤層及び前記エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層について、70℃に加熱したローラーにて0.5MPaの圧力を加えながらラミネートし、照度230mW/cm2、光量380mJ/cm2(すなわち、両側からの光量の総計が760mJ/cm2である)にてUV照射後、SUS304製の支持板にエネルギー線硬化性樹脂層側を両面テープ(TL-701 リンテック(株)製)で固定し、第1粘着剤層側を測定装置のチャックで挟み、次の条件で、層間剥離力(1)を測定したところ、5.4N/25mmであった。なお、本明細書中の層間剥離力の測定において、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層の測定に関しては、サンプル自体が伸長することを防ぐため、厚さ50μmのPET第1基材粘着テープ(PLシン(リンテック社製))を支持シートの第1基材背面から全面に貼付したものを用いた。
UV照射装置:リンテック社製 RAD-2000m/8
サンプルサイズ:250mm×25mm
装置・・・万能引張試験機(島津製作所社製オートグラフ AG-IS)
測定方法・・・JIS Z 0237;2009に準拠 ピール速度:300mm/min,剥離角度:180° <Evaluation of delamination force>
-Delamination force between curable resin layer and first adhesive layer (1)
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the energy ray-curable resin layer were laminated while applying a pressure of 0.5 MPa with a roller heated to 70 ° C., and the illuminance was 230 mW / cm 2 and the light amount was 380 mJ / cm 2 (that is, from both sides). After the UV irradiation at 760 mJ / cm 2 , the energy ray curable resin layer side was fixed to the SUS304 support plate with double-sided tape (TL-701 Lintec Co., Ltd.) When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer side was sandwiched between chucks of a measuring apparatus and the delamination force (1) was measured under the following conditions, it was 5.4 N / 25 mm. In the measurement of the delamination force in this specification, regarding the measurement of the energy ray curable resin layer, in order to prevent the sample itself from being stretched, a PET first base adhesive tape (PL thin (50 μm thick)) is used. Lintec Co., Ltd.)) was applied to the entire surface from the back of the first substrate of the support sheet.
UV irradiation device: RAD-2000m / 8 manufactured by Lintec
Sample size: 250mm x 25mm
Equipment: Universal tensile testing machine (Autograph AG-IS, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation)
Measurement method: JIS Z 0237; conforming to 2009 Peel speed: 300 mm / min, peeling angle: 180 °
鉛フリーはんだSAC305のインゴット(サイズ:7mm厚み×20mm幅×10mm長さ、組成:Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu)の片面を、0.2mmコンパウンド(Holts MH159)を用いて鏡面研磨した。
この鏡面研磨面に、上記で得られたエネルギー線硬化性樹脂フィルムの露出面を70℃に加熱したローラーにて0.5MPaの圧力を加えながら貼り合わせて、鉛フリーはんだSAC305、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層及び剥離フィルムが、これらの厚さ方向においてこの順に積層されてなる評価用サンプルを得た。
照度230mW/cm2、光量380mJ/cm2(すなわち、両側からの光量の総計が760mJ/cm2である)にてUV照射後、前記層間剥離力(1)のときと同じ条件で、ただし、SAC305の幅が20mmと狭いため、測定して得られた数値を1.25倍して換算して、層間剥離力(2)を評価したところ、0.5N/25mmであった。 -Delamination force between the mirror-polished surface of lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer (2)
One side of an ingot of lead-free solder SAC305 (size: 7 mm thickness × 20 mm width × 10 mm length, composition: Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu) was mirror-polished using a 0.2 mm compound (Holts MH159).
The exposed surface of the energy ray curable resin film obtained above was bonded to this mirror-polished surface while applying a pressure of 0.5 MPa with a roller heated to 70 ° C., and lead-free solder SAC305, energy ray curable An evaluation sample in which the resin layer and the release film were laminated in this thickness direction in this order was obtained.
After UV irradiation at an illuminance of 230 mW / cm 2 and an amount of light of 380 mJ / cm 2 (ie, the total amount of light from both sides is 760 mJ / cm 2 ), under the same conditions as in the delamination force (1), Since the width of SAC305 was as narrow as 20 mm, the value obtained by measurement was converted by multiplying by 1.25, and the delamination force (2) was evaluated to be 0.5 N / 25 mm.
PIフィルム(東レ・デュポン社製カプトン100H)と前記硬化性樹脂層とを、70℃に加熱したローラーにて0.5MPaの圧力を加えながらラミネートし、層間剥離力を測定して、回路面と前記硬化性樹脂層との層間剥離力(3)を評価した。
照度230mW/cm2、光量380mJ/cm2(すなわち、両側からの光量の総計が760mJ/cm2である)にてUV照射後、前記層間剥離力(1)のときと同じ条件で、層間剥離力(3)を測定しようとしたが、固着したままであった。このことから、PIフィルムに代表される回路面と硬化性樹脂層との層間剥離力(3)は、測定することができない程大きいことがわかる。したがって、回路面と前記硬化性樹脂層との層間剥離力(3)は、一般に、硬化性樹脂層と第1粘着剤層との層間剥離力(1)や、鉛フリーはんだからなるバンプと硬化性樹脂層との層間剥離力(2)よりも大きいものと理解することができる。 -Delamination force between the circuit surface and the curable resin layer (3)
The PI film (Kapton 100H manufactured by Toray DuPont) and the curable resin layer were laminated while applying a pressure of 0.5 MPa with a roller heated to 70 ° C., and the delamination force was measured. The delamination force (3) with the curable resin layer was evaluated.
After UV irradiation at an illuminance of 230 mW / cm 2 and an amount of light of 380 mJ / cm 2 (that is, the total amount of light from both sides is 760 mJ / cm 2 ), delamination is performed under the same conditions as for the delamination force (1). An attempt was made to measure force (3), but it remained stuck. From this, it can be seen that the delamination force (3) between the circuit surface represented by the PI film and the curable resin layer is so large that it cannot be measured. Accordingly, the delamination force (3) between the circuit surface and the curable resin layer is generally the delamination force (1) between the curable resin layer and the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, or the bump and the hardening made of lead-free solder. It can be understood that it is larger than the delamination force (2) with the conductive resin layer.
前記UV硬化性樹脂層形成用組成物を用いて、つかみ長さ30mm、幅15mm、厚さ0.2mmのエネルギー線硬化性樹脂フィルムの試料を準備し、照度230mW/cm2、光量380mJ/cm2にて両側からUV照射(すなわち、両側からの光の総計が760mJ/cm2である)して硬化させた。
万能引張試験機(島津製作所社製オートグラフ AG-IS)にて、5サンプルを200mm/minの引張速度で引っ張り試験をして、破断時の強度の上下限のn=2を省き、平均して、引張強度2.4MPaと求めた。同様に平均の引張伸度は6.4%であった。 <Evaluation of tensile strength>
Using the UV curable resin layer forming composition, a sample of an energy ray curable resin film having a grip length of 30 mm, a width of 15 mm, and a thickness of 0.2 mm was prepared, and the illuminance was 230 mW / cm 2 and the light amount was 380 mJ / cm. 2 was cured by UV irradiation from both sides (that is, the total light from both sides was 760 mJ / cm 2 ).
Using a universal tensile tester (Autograph AG-IS, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), 5 samples were subjected to a tensile test at a tensile speed of 200 mm / min, and the upper and lower limits of strength at break n = 2 were omitted and averaged. The tensile strength was determined to be 2.4 MPa. Similarly, the average tensile elongation was 6.4%.
<層間剥離力の評価>
・硬化性樹脂層と第1粘着剤層との層間剥離力(1)
第1粘着剤層及び前記エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層について、70℃にてラミネートし、UV照射することなく、SUS304製の支持板に両面テープ(TL-701 リンテック(株)製)で固定し、次の条件で、層間剥離力を測定したところ、1.3N/25mmであった。
サンプルサイズ:250mm×25mm
装置・・・万能引張試験機(島津製作所社製オートグラフ AG-IS)
測定方法・・・JIS Z 0237;2009に準拠 ピール速度:300mm/min,剥離角度:180° [Comparative Example 1]
<Evaluation of delamination force>
-Delamination force between curable resin layer and first adhesive layer (1)
The first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the energy ray-curable resin layer were laminated at 70 ° C., and fixed to a support plate made of SUS304 with a double-sided tape (TL-701 manufactured by Lintec Corporation) without UV irradiation. When the delamination force was measured under the following conditions, it was 1.3 N / 25 mm.
Sample size: 250mm x 25mm
Equipment: Universal tensile testing machine (Autograph AG-IS, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation)
Measurement method: JIS Z 0237; conforming to 2009 Peel speed: 300 mm / min, peeling angle: 180 °
鉛フリーはんだSAC305(組成:Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu)のインゴット(サイズ:7mmt×20mmw×10mml)の片面を、0.2mmコンパウンド(Holts MH159)を用いて鏡面研磨した。
この鏡面研磨面に、上記で得られたエネルギー線硬化性樹脂フィルムの露出面を70℃に加熱したローラーにて貼り合わせて、鉛フリーはんだSAC305、エネルギー線硬化性樹脂層及び剥離フィルムが、これらの厚さ方向においてこの順に積層されてなる評価用サンプルを得た。
UV照射することなく、次の条件で、層間剥離力を測定したところ、1.0N/25mmであった。
サンプルサイズ:250mm×25mmただし、SAC305の幅が20mmと狭いため、測定して得られた数値を1.25倍して換算した。
装置・・・万能引張試験機(島津製作所社製オートグラフ AG-IS)
測定方法・・・JIS Z 0237;2009に準拠 ピール速度:300mm/min,剥離角度:180° -Delamination force between the mirror-polished surface of lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer (2)
One side of an ingot (size: 7 mmt × 20 mmw × 10 mml) of lead-free solder SAC305 (composition: Sn-3.0Ag-0.5Cu) was mirror-polished using a 0.2 mm compound (Holts MH159).
The mirror-polished surface is bonded to the exposed surface of the energy ray-curable resin film obtained above with a roller heated to 70 ° C., and the lead-free solder SAC305, the energy ray-curable resin layer, and the release film are The sample for evaluation obtained by laminating in this order in the thickness direction was obtained.
When the delamination force was measured under the following conditions without UV irradiation, it was 1.0 N / 25 mm.
Sample size: 250 mm × 25 mm However, since the width of SAC305 was as narrow as 20 mm, the numerical value obtained by measurement was converted by multiplying by 1.25.
Equipment: Universal tensile testing machine (Autograph AG-IS, manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation)
Measurement method: JIS Z 0237; conforming to 2009 Peel speed: 300 mm / min, peeling angle: 180 °
実施例1と同様に、バンプ頂部の露出特性評価したところ、回路面には第1保護膜が残り、ハンダボールのバンプ頂部には第1保護膜が残っていた。 <Evaluation of bump top exposure characteristics>
As in Example 1, when the exposure characteristics of the bump tops were evaluated, the first protective film remained on the circuit surface and the first protective film remained on the bump tops of the solder balls.
<第1保護膜形成用シートの製造>
(第1粘着剤組成物の製造)
上記で得られた重合体成分(A)-3(100質量部)に対して、TDI-TMP(東ソー社製)(0.5質量部)を加えて、溶媒として酢酸エチルで固形分濃度が30%となるように調整し、23℃で撹拌することで第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)を得た。 [Example 2]
<Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film>
(Production of first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)
TDI-TMP (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) (0.5 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -3 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is increased with ethyl acetate as a solvent. The first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) was obtained by adjusting to 30% and stirring at 23 ° C.
実施例1で用いた第1粘着剤組成物を、上記実施例2の第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)に変更した他は、実施例1と同様にして、実施例2の保護膜形成用シートを得た。 (Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film)
The protective film of Example 2 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 2 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
実施例1と同様に、バンプ頂部の露出特性評価したところ、回路面には第1保護膜が残り、ハンダボールのバンプ頂部には第1保護膜は残っておらず、露出特性は良好であることが確認できた。 <Evaluation of bump top exposure characteristics>
As in Example 1, when the exposure characteristics of the bump tops were evaluated, the first protective film remained on the circuit surface, and the first protective film did not remain on the bump tops of the solder balls, and the exposure characteristics were good. I was able to confirm.
・硬化性樹脂層と第1粘着剤層との層間剥離力(1)
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(1)を測定したところ、21N/25mmであった。 <Evaluation of delamination force>
-Delamination force between curable resin layer and first adhesive layer (1)
When the delamination force (1) was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 21 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(2)を評価したところ、0.5N/25mmであった。 -Delamination force between the mirror-polished surface of lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer (2)
When the delamination force (2) was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 0.5 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(3)を測定しようとしたが、固着したままであった。 -Delamination force between the circuit surface and the curable resin layer (3)
In the same manner as in Example 1, an attempt was made to measure the delamination force (3), but it remained fixed.
実施例1と同様にして、引張強度を測定したところ、2.4MPaであった。平均の引張伸度は6.4%であった。 <Evaluation of tensile strength>
When the tensile strength was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 2.4 MPa. The average tensile elongation was 6.4%.
<第1保護膜形成用シートの製造>
(第1粘着剤組成物の製造)
上記で得られた重合体成分(A)-2(100質量部)に対して、TDI-TMP(5質量部)を加えて、溶媒として酢酸エチルで固形分濃度が30%となるように調整し、23℃で撹拌することで第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)を得た。 [Example 3]
<Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film>
(Production of first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)
TDI-TMP (5 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -2 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
実施例1で用いた第1粘着剤組成物を、上記実施例3の第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)に変更した他は、実施例1と同様にして、実施例3の保護膜形成用シートを得た。 (Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film)
The protective film of Example 3 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 3 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
実施例1と同様に、バンプ頂部の露出特性評価したところ、回路面には第1保護膜が残り、ハンダボールのバンプ頂部には第1保護膜は残っておらず、露出特性は良好であることが確認できた。 <Evaluation of bump top exposure characteristics>
As in Example 1, when the exposure characteristics of the bump tops were evaluated, the first protective film remained on the circuit surface, and the first protective film did not remain on the bump tops of the solder balls, and the exposure characteristics were good. I was able to confirm.
・硬化性樹脂層と第1粘着剤層との層間剥離力(1)
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(1)を測定したところ、2.3N/25mmであった。 <Evaluation of delamination force>
-Delamination force between curable resin layer and first adhesive layer (1)
When the delamination force (1) was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 2.3 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(2)を評価したところ、0.5N/25mmであった。 -Delamination force between the mirror-polished surface of lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer (2)
When the delamination force (2) was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 0.5 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(3)を測定しようとしたが、固着したままであった。 -Delamination force between the circuit surface and the curable resin layer (3)
In the same manner as in Example 1, an attempt was made to measure the delamination force (3), but it remained fixed.
実施例1と同様にして、引張強度を測定したところ、2.4MPaであった。平均の引張伸度は6.4%であった。 <Evaluation of tensile strength>
When the tensile strength was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 2.4 MPa. The average tensile elongation was 6.4%.
<第1保護膜形成用シートの製造>
(第1粘着剤組成物の製造)
上記で得られた重合体成分(A)-2(100質量部)に対して、TDI-TMP(4質量部)を加えて、溶媒として酢酸エチルで固形分濃度が30%となるように調整し、23℃で撹拌することで第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)を得た。 [Example 4]
<Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film>
(Production of first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)
TDI-TMP (4 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -2 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
実施例1で用いた第1粘着剤組成物を、上記実施例4の第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)に変更した他は、実施例1と同様にして、実施例4の保護膜形成用シートを得た。 (Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film)
The protective film of Example 4 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 4 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
実施例1と同様に、バンプ頂部の露出特性評価したところ、回路面には第1保護膜が残り、ハンダボールのバンプ頂部には第1保護膜は残っておらず、露出特性は良好であることが確認できた。 <Evaluation of bump top exposure characteristics>
As in Example 1, when the exposure characteristics of the bump tops were evaluated, the first protective film remained on the circuit surface, and the first protective film did not remain on the bump tops of the solder balls, and the exposure characteristics were good. I was able to confirm.
・硬化性樹脂層と第1粘着剤層との層間剥離力(1)
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(1)を測定したところ、3.1N/25mmであった。 <Evaluation of delamination force>
-Delamination force between curable resin layer and first adhesive layer (1)
When the delamination force (1) was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 3.1 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(2)を評価したところ、0.5N/25mmであった。 -Delamination force between the mirror-polished surface of lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer (2)
When the delamination force (2) was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 0.5 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(3)を測定しようとしたが、固着したままであった。 -Delamination force between the circuit surface and the curable resin layer (3)
In the same manner as in Example 1, an attempt was made to measure the delamination force (3), but it remained fixed.
実施例1と同様にして、引張強度を測定したところ、2.4MPaであった。平均の引張伸度は6.4%であった。 <Evaluation of tensile strength>
When the tensile strength was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 2.4 MPa. The average tensile elongation was 6.4%.
<第1保護膜形成用シートの製造>
(第1粘着剤組成物の製造)
上記で得られた重合体成分(A)-2(100質量部)に対して、TDI-TMP(10質量部)を加えて、溶媒として酢酸エチルで固形分濃度が30%となるように調整し、23℃で撹拌することで第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)を得た。 [Comparative Example 2]
<Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film>
(Production of first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)
TDI-TMP (10 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -2 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
実施例1で用いた第1粘着剤組成物を、上記実施例4の第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)に変更した他は、実施例1と同様にして、実施例4の保護膜形成用シートを得た。 (Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film)
The protective film of Example 4 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 4 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
実施例1と同様に、バンプ頂部の露出特性評価したところ、回路面には第1保護膜が残り、ハンダボールのバンプ頂部には第1保護膜が残っていた。
<層間剥離力の評価>
・硬化性樹脂層と第1粘着剤層との層間剥離力(1)
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(1)を測定したところ、1.5N/25mmであった。 <Evaluation of bump top exposure characteristics>
As in Example 1, when the exposure characteristics of the bump tops were evaluated, the first protective film remained on the circuit surface and the first protective film remained on the bump tops of the solder balls.
<Evaluation of delamination force>
-Delamination force between curable resin layer and first adhesive layer (1)
When the delamination force (1) was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 1.5 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(2)を評価したところ、0.5N/25mmであった。 -Delamination force between the mirror-polished surface of lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer (2)
When the delamination force (2) was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 0.5 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(3)を測定しようとしたが、固着したままであった。 -Delamination force between the circuit surface and the curable resin layer (3)
In the same manner as in Example 1, an attempt was made to measure the delamination force (3), but it remained fixed.
実施例1と同様にして、引張強度を測定したところ、2.4MPaであった。平均の引張伸度は6.4%であった。 <Evaluation of tensile strength>
When the tensile strength was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 2.4 MPa. The average tensile elongation was 6.4%.
<第1保護膜形成用シートの製造>
(第1粘着剤組成物の製造)
上記で得られた重合体成分(A)-2(100質量部)に対して、TDI-TMP(20質量部)を加えて、溶媒として酢酸エチルで固形分濃度が30%となるように調整し、23℃で撹拌することで第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)を得た。 [Comparative Example 3]
<Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film>
(Production of first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition)
TDI-TMP (20 parts by mass) is added to the polymer component (A) -2 (100 parts by mass) obtained above, and the solid content concentration is adjusted to 30% with ethyl acetate as a solvent. The mixture was stirred at 23 ° C. to obtain the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
実施例1で用いた第1粘着剤組成物を、上記実施例4の第1粘着剤組成物(I-1)に変更した他は、実施例1と同様にして、実施例4の保護膜形成用シートを得た。 (Manufacture of sheet for forming first protective film)
The protective film of Example 4 was the same as Example 1 except that the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition used in Example 1 was changed to the first pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) of Example 4 above. A forming sheet was obtained.
実施例1と同様に、バンプ頂部の露出特性評価したところ、回路面には第1保護膜が残り、ハンダボールのバンプ頂部には第1保護膜が残っていた。
<層間剥離力の評価>
・硬化性樹脂層と第1粘着剤層との層間剥離力(1)
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(1)を測定したところ、1.0N/25mmであった。 <Evaluation of bump top exposure characteristics>
As in Example 1, when the exposure characteristics of the bump tops were evaluated, the first protective film remained on the circuit surface and the first protective film remained on the bump tops of the solder balls.
<Evaluation of delamination force>
-Delamination force between curable resin layer and first adhesive layer (1)
When the delamination force (1) was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 1.0 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(2)を評価したところ、0.5N/25mmであった。 -Delamination force between the mirror-polished surface of lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer (2)
When the delamination force (2) was evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 0.5 N / 25 mm.
実施例1と同様にして、層間剥離力(3)を測定しようとしたが、固着したままであった。 -Delamination force between the circuit surface and the curable resin layer (3)
In the same manner as in Example 1, an attempt was made to measure the delamination force (3), but it remained fixed.
実施例1と同様にして、引張強度を測定したところ、2.4MPaであった。平均の引張伸度は6.4%であった。 <Evaluation of tensile strength>
When the tensile strength was measured in the same manner as in Example 1, it was 2.4 MPa. The average tensile elongation was 6.4%.
Claims (5)
- 第1基材上に第1粘着剤層が積層され、前記第1粘着剤層上に、硬化性樹脂層が積層されてなる第1保護膜形成用シートであって、
前記硬化性樹脂層は、半導体ウエハのバンプを有する表面に貼付し、硬化させることによって、前記表面に第1保護膜を形成するための層であり、
前記第1粘着剤層に前記硬化性樹脂層をラミネートし、硬化処理後の、前記第1粘着剤層及び前記硬化性樹脂層の間の層間剥離力(1)が、鉛フリーはんだSAC305の鏡面研磨面に前記硬化性樹脂層をラミネートし、硬化処理後の、鉛フリーはんだSAC305の鏡面研磨面及び前記硬化性樹脂層の間の層間剥離力(2)よりも大きく、かつ、前記層間剥離力(1)が、2.0~100N/25mmであることを特徴とする第1保護膜形成用シート。 A first protective film-forming sheet in which a first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a first substrate, and a curable resin layer is laminated on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer,
The curable resin layer is a layer for forming a first protective film on the surface by sticking to the surface of the semiconductor wafer having bumps and curing.
The curable resin layer is laminated on the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and the delamination force (1) between the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the curable resin layer after the curing treatment is a mirror surface of the lead-free solder SAC305. The delamination force is greater than the delamination force (2) between the mirror-polished surface of the lead-free solder SAC305 and the curable resin layer after laminating the curable resin layer on the polished surface and the curing treatment. The first protective film-forming sheet, wherein (1) is 2.0 to 100 N / 25 mm. - 前記層間剥離力(1)及び前記層間剥離力(2)の差(すなわち、[層間剥離力(1)-層間剥離力(2)])が0.1~100N/25mmである請求項1に記載の第1保護膜形成用シート。 The difference between the delamination force (1) and the delamination force (2) (that is, [the delamination force (1) −the delamination force (2)]) is 0.1 to 100 N / 25 mm. The 1st sheet | seat for protective film formation of description.
- 前記硬化性樹脂層の、硬化処理後の引張強度が、0.0001~50MPaである請求項1又は2に記載の第1保護膜形成用シート。 The sheet for forming a first protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the curable resin layer has a tensile strength after the curing treatment of 0.0001 to 50 MPa.
- 前記硬化性樹脂層がエネルギー線硬化性を有する請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の第1保護膜形成用シート。 4. The first protective film-forming sheet according to claim 1, wherein the curable resin layer has energy ray curability.
- 前記第1粘着剤層がエネルギー線硬化性を有する請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の第1保護膜形成用シート。 The sheet for forming a first protective film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first pressure-sensitive adhesive layer has energy ray curability.
Priority Applications (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020187013196A KR102545393B1 (en) | 2015-11-04 | 2016-11-02 | Sheet for forming the first protective film |
CN201680061240.XA CN108140585B (en) | 2015-11-04 | 2016-11-02 | No. 1 protective film-forming sheet |
JP2017536057A JP6230761B2 (en) | 2015-11-04 | 2016-11-02 | First protective film forming sheet |
SG11201803250TA SG11201803250TA (en) | 2015-11-04 | 2016-11-02 | First protective film forming sheet |
PH12018500851A PH12018500851A1 (en) | 2015-11-04 | 2018-04-20 | First protective film forming sheet |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2015217110 | 2015-11-04 | ||
JP2015-217110 | 2015-11-04 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017078052A1 true WO2017078052A1 (en) | 2017-05-11 |
Family
ID=58661960
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2016/082543 WO2017078052A1 (en) | 2015-11-04 | 2016-11-02 | First protective film forming sheet |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP6230761B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR102545393B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN108140585B (en) |
PH (1) | PH12018500851A1 (en) |
SG (1) | SG11201803250TA (en) |
TW (1) | TWI704996B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017078052A1 (en) |
Cited By (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR102057251B1 (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2019-12-18 | 두성산업 주식회사 | Magnetic tape for semiconductor fixing |
CN111344850A (en) * | 2017-11-17 | 2020-06-26 | 琳得科株式会社 | Semiconductor chip with first protective film, method for manufacturing same, and method for evaluating semiconductor chip-first protective film laminate |
JPWO2019082969A1 (en) * | 2017-10-27 | 2020-11-19 | リンテック株式会社 | Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip |
CN112789334A (en) * | 2018-10-02 | 2021-05-11 | 琳得科株式会社 | Laminate and method for producing cured sealing body |
WO2023136053A1 (en) * | 2022-01-12 | 2023-07-20 | リンテック株式会社 | Sheet for forming first protective membrane, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of sheet |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP7266953B2 (en) * | 2019-08-07 | 2023-05-01 | 株式会社ディスコ | Protective member forming method and protective member forming apparatus |
Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2012169482A (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2012-09-06 | Nitto Denko Corp | Protection layer formation film |
JP2012169484A (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2012-09-06 | Nitto Denko Corp | Semiconductor device manufacturing method |
Family Cites Families (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP4170839B2 (en) | 2003-07-11 | 2008-10-22 | 日東電工株式会社 | Laminated sheet |
JP4443962B2 (en) * | 2004-03-17 | 2010-03-31 | 日東電工株式会社 | Dicing die bond film |
JP4776188B2 (en) * | 2004-08-03 | 2011-09-21 | 古河電気工業株式会社 | Semiconductor device manufacturing method and wafer processing tape |
JP2012074623A (en) * | 2010-09-29 | 2012-04-12 | Sekisui Chem Co Ltd | Adhesive film for processing semiconductor, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip mounting body |
US9443750B2 (en) * | 2011-12-26 | 2016-09-13 | Lintec Corporation | Dicing sheet with protective film-forming layer, and method for producing chip |
JP5242830B1 (en) * | 2012-07-06 | 2013-07-24 | 古河電気工業株式会社 | Adhesive tape for protecting semiconductor wafer surface and method for producing semiconductor wafer |
TWI637439B (en) * | 2012-12-14 | 2018-10-01 | 琳得科股份有限公司 | Protective film forming film |
US10030174B2 (en) * | 2013-03-27 | 2018-07-24 | Lintec Corporation | Composite sheet for forming protective film |
JP5779260B2 (en) * | 2014-01-29 | 2015-09-16 | リンテック株式会社 | Protective film forming sheet for chip and manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film |
-
2016
- 2016-11-02 WO PCT/JP2016/082543 patent/WO2017078052A1/en active Application Filing
- 2016-11-02 TW TW105135523A patent/TWI704996B/en active
- 2016-11-02 KR KR1020187013196A patent/KR102545393B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2016-11-02 JP JP2017536057A patent/JP6230761B2/en active Active
- 2016-11-02 CN CN201680061240.XA patent/CN108140585B/en active Active
- 2016-11-02 SG SG11201803250TA patent/SG11201803250TA/en unknown
-
2018
- 2018-04-20 PH PH12018500851A patent/PH12018500851A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2012169482A (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2012-09-06 | Nitto Denko Corp | Protection layer formation film |
JP2012169484A (en) * | 2011-02-15 | 2012-09-06 | Nitto Denko Corp | Semiconductor device manufacturing method |
Cited By (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR102057251B1 (en) * | 2017-07-13 | 2019-12-18 | 두성산업 주식회사 | Magnetic tape for semiconductor fixing |
JPWO2019082969A1 (en) * | 2017-10-27 | 2020-11-19 | リンテック株式会社 | Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip |
JP7159186B2 (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2022-10-24 | リンテック株式会社 | COMPOSITE SHEET FOR PROTECTIVE FILM FORMATION AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR CHIP |
CN111344850A (en) * | 2017-11-17 | 2020-06-26 | 琳得科株式会社 | Semiconductor chip with first protective film, method for manufacturing same, and method for evaluating semiconductor chip-first protective film laminate |
CN112789334A (en) * | 2018-10-02 | 2021-05-11 | 琳得科株式会社 | Laminate and method for producing cured sealing body |
CN112789334B (en) * | 2018-10-02 | 2023-04-07 | 琳得科株式会社 | Laminate and method for producing cured sealing body |
WO2023136053A1 (en) * | 2022-01-12 | 2023-07-20 | リンテック株式会社 | Sheet for forming first protective membrane, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of sheet |
JP7323734B1 (en) | 2022-01-12 | 2023-08-08 | リンテック株式会社 | Sheet for forming first protective film, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and use of sheet |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP6230761B2 (en) | 2017-11-15 |
SG11201803250TA (en) | 2018-05-30 |
KR102545393B1 (en) | 2023-06-19 |
PH12018500851B1 (en) | 2018-11-05 |
JPWO2017078052A1 (en) | 2017-12-07 |
KR20180079340A (en) | 2018-07-10 |
TW201738089A (en) | 2017-11-01 |
TWI704996B (en) | 2020-09-21 |
PH12018500851A1 (en) | 2018-11-05 |
CN108140585A (en) | 2018-06-08 |
CN108140585B (en) | 2021-06-08 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6230761B2 (en) | First protective film forming sheet | |
JP6225389B2 (en) | First protective film forming sheet, first protective film forming method, and semiconductor chip manufacturing method | |
JP6213757B2 (en) | Curable resin film and first protective film forming sheet | |
JP2017092122A (en) | Curable resin film and first protective film forming sheet | |
JP6209803B2 (en) | Curable resin film and first protective film forming sheet | |
JP6273542B2 (en) | Curable resin film and first protective film forming sheet | |
JP6304852B2 (en) | Kit for thermosetting resin film and second protective film forming film, thermosetting resin film, first protective film forming sheet, and method for forming first protective film for semiconductor wafer | |
JP6381828B2 (en) | Thermosetting resin film, first protective film forming sheet, and first protective film forming method | |
JP6229222B2 (en) | Curable resin film and first protective film forming sheet | |
JP6821580B2 (en) | Thermosetting resin film and first protective film forming sheet | |
CN108352365B (en) | Protective film forming sheet | |
JP6206828B1 (en) | Curable resin film, first protective film forming sheet and bump forming surface protecting method | |
JP6907122B2 (en) | Curable resin film and first protective film forming sheet |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16862112 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2017536057 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 11201803250T Country of ref document: SG |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 12018500851 Country of ref document: PH |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20187013196 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16862112 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |